31B-223 OR
- State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
ow
SECTION 12490
iw WINDOW TREATMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
s
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Scope of work:
qM I. Provide window treatments at all windows within units (not windows in common halls).
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
9M B. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
OM handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: MechoShade, Hunter Douglas, Kirsch, Levolor, LouverDrape or approved equal.
B. Window Shades:
I. Type: Roll shades.
2. Opaque Shadecloth: Vinyl-coated cloth,opaque.
" 3. Accessories: Brackets and pulls.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
B. Restore damaged finishes and test for proper operation. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
WINDOW TREATMENTS 12490-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project #
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION *
A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
B. Restore damaged finishes and test for proper operation. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
.e
wo
.w
KITCHEN AND BATH CASEWORK 12357-2
in
- State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 12357
KITCHEN AND BATH CASEWORK
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Summary of Work:
I. Wood faced kitchen cabinets
2. Wood faced vanity cabinets
3. Plastic laminate countertops
OR 4. Plastic laminate backsplash between countertop and cabinets on kitchen sink wall
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
connections,and relationship with adjacent construction.
C. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Standards: KCMA A 16 1.1 1.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: Member of Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association.
B. Casework:
I. Materials—exposed face: Solid wood, oak.
2. Materials—drawers and cabinet bodies: A inch thick veneer plywood.
3. Construction: HUD severe use units.
4. Face Style: Reveal overlay.
5. Frame Fabrication: Face frame.
6. Finish: Stain,sealer coat,and two coats polyurethane topcoat.
7. Finish Application: Factory-finished.
8. Hardware: Contemporary style wire pulls.
C. Countertops:
I. Materials: Plastic laminate with marine grade plywood substrate.
2. Front Profile: Rolled.
3. Backsplash: Integral cove.
4. Sidesplash: Loose,square edge.
KITCHEN AND BATH CASEWORK 12357-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
2. Range hoods,venting to exterior,with controls mounted on counter edge.
3. Wall ovens,electric.
4. Refrigerator/freezers:side by side,frost free.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
B. Restore damaged finishes and test for proper operation. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
I.
RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11452-2
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
XV
SECTION 11452
RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide unit appliances:
1. Combined washer/dryer unit at HC unit
2. Wall oven at HC unit(must fit into 24"total width wall oven cabinet)
3. Cooktop at HC unit
4. Ranges at 5 non HC units
5. Range Hoods at all units
6. Side by Side Refrigerator at HC unit
7. Standard Refrigerators other units
8. Garbage Disposals
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
connections,and relationship with adjacent construction.
C. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty. Include labor and materials to repair or replace
defective materials.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's operation and maintenance data, including
operating instructions, list of spare parts and maintenance schedule.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. All appliances shall be Energy Star rated.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: Frigidaire Co., GE Appliances, KitchenAid Inc., Whirlpool Corp., Maytag Co., as
on applicable or approved equal.
B. Kitchen Appliances—standard apartment unit:
I. Ranges, electric: 30 inch width,four burners,self cleaning.
2. Range hoods, 30 inch,venting to exterior.
3. Refrigerator/freezers: top mount freezer,frost free
a. Capacity: 18 cu.ft. minimum
4. Garbage Disposal: %z HP
C. Kitchen Appliances—ADA accessible units:
I. Cooktops,electric.
RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11452-1
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
B. Restore damaged finishes and test for proper operation. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
■
w
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10810-2 ""
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 10810
TOILET ACCESSORIES
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide toilet accessories and metal framed mirrors.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
no connections,and relationship with adjacent construction.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
uw A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: A&J Washroom Accessories, Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Bradley Corp., GAMCO,
McKinney/Parker,or approved equal.
B. Toilet Accessories:
. Toilet tissue dispensers, double roll.
2. Grab bars.
3. Shower curtain rods.
4. Soap dishes,surface mounted.
5. Towel bars.
6. Folding shower seats.
7. Medicine cabinets.
8. Robe hooks.
9. Tumblers and toothbrush holders.
C. Mirrors and Frames:
I. Glazing: Mirror glass, 1/4 inch thick,ASTM C 1036.
2. Frames: Stainless steel.
3. Type: Standard wall unit.
D. Finishes:
I. Stainless Steel; AISI Type 302 or 304, No.4 polished finish.
2. Chromium Plated Brass or Steel; ASTM B 456,Type SC 2.
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10810-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
B. Restore damaged finishes and test for proper operation. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
A
POSTAL SPECIALTIES 10550-2 '�*
Im
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 10550
POSTAL SPECIALTIES
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide postal specialties:
I. Quan. Two - Single Surface Mounted Mailboxes (on shingle siding) at first floor unit entrys at
front porch
2. Quan. One-gang mailbox for 4 units for second and third floors
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
PM B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
connections,and relationship with adjacent construction.
C. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
ON and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
go A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Regulations: USPS regulations.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
on A. Manufacturers: American Device Manufacturing, Auth-Florence, Bommer Industries, Cutler
Manufacturing,or approved equal.
B. Horizontal Mail Boxes:
PO I. Loading: Front loading type.
2. Materials: Aluminum,satin anodized finish.
C. Parcel Lockers:
Im I. Loading: Front-loading type.
2. Materials: Aluminum,satin anodized finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
POSTAL SPECIALTIES 10550-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project aw
I. Quan. One-Interior Common Sign (Property Management 14"x 14")
2. Quan.Ten -Unit Number Signs (4"x 6")with Braille captions No
END OF SECTION
.w
.R
SIGNAGE 10440-2 '""
to
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
no Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 10440
W SIGNAGE
PART I -GENERAL
on
1.01 SUMMARY
ON A. Provide exterior and interior signage.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
�asr and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: Andco Industries Corp., AS[ Sign Systems, The Supersine Co., Vomar Products, or
approved equal.
B. Panel Signs:
I. Type: Unframed.
2. Material: Plastic.
3. Copy: Raised lettering and braille.
C. Dimensional Letters and Numbers:
w I. Type: Fabricated.
2. Material: Aluminum,anodized finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
�e.
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
B. Restore damaged finishes. Clean and protect work from damage.
SIGN SCHEDULE:
A. Exterior signs
I. Quan.Two- 8"x 8"for two first floor units
2. Quan. One- Building Address Sign(14"x 14")
B. Interior signs:
SIGNAGE 10440-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
B. Comply with AMCA Standard 500 and provide units with AMCA Certification rating seal. Comply with
SMACNA Sheet Metal Manual except as otherwise indicated. e.
C. Provide separate continuous sills where needed to prevent water penetration. Maintain equal blade-to-
blade and blade-to-frame spacing for uniform appearance. Provide concealed vertical mullions and
reinforcement as needed. "
D. Provide anchors, supports and accessories as needed. Provide gaskets,flashings and fillers as necessary
to make installation water tight.
E. Restore damaged finishes. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
WALL LOUVERS 10210-2
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
w.
SECTION 10210
WALL LOUVERS
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide louvers and vents.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
connections,and relationship with adjacent construction.
C. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
' have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
'! PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: Airline Products, Airolite, Construction Specialties, Industrial Louvers or approved
equal.
s„ B. Aluminum Louvers:
I. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221,alloy 6063-T5 or T51,0.81"minimum thickness.
2. Blades: Horizontal drainable sightproof blades.
w. 3. Blade Type: Fixed.
4. Finish: Fluoropolymer,Kynar 500.
C. Louver Accessories:
I. Bird screens.
2. Insulated blank-off panels.
3. Glazing for louvered vent assemblies.
+ D. Wall Vents:
I. Material: Extruded aluminum.
2. Material: Cast aluminum.
3. Blade Type: Fixed.
WALL LOUVERS 10210-1
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
I. Gloss:
a. Semi
2. System:
a. I coat rust-inhibiting primer
b. 2 coats alkyd enamel
G. Galvanized Metal:
I. Gloss:
a. Semi
2. System:
a. I coat galvanized metal primer
b. 2 coats alkyd enamel
END OF SECTION
OR
w
w
go
PAINTING 09910-3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
w�
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION **
A. Inspect surfaces, report unsatisfactory conditions in writing; beginning work means acceptance of
substrate.
B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for preparation, priming and coating
work. Coordinate with work of other sections.
C. At existing areas to be repainted, remove blistered or peeling paint to sound substrates. Remove chalk w
deposits and mildew and wash all surfaces with mild detergent. Perform related minor preparation
including caulk and glazing compounds. Spot prime bare areas before priming and painting as specified.
wo
D. Match approved mock-ups for color,texture, and pattern. Re-coat or remove and replace work which
does not match or shows loss of adhesion. Clean up,touch up and protect work.
3.02 PAINT SCHEDULE am
A. Gypsum Drywall Walls—All walls,except as noted below:
I. Gloss: '®
a. Eggshell
2. System:
a. I coat latex primer
b. 2 coats latex finish
B. Gypsum Drywall Walls and Ceilings in Bathrooms, Kitchens and Wet Areas:
I. Gloss: �*
a. Semi
2. Characteristic:
a. Anti-mildew
3. System:
a. I coat latex primer
b. 2 coats latex finish
.w
C. Gypsum Drywall Ceilings:
I. Gloss:
a. Flat
2. System: w
a. I coat latex primer
b. 2 coats latex finish
D. Wood for Painted Finish: '
I. Gloss:
a. Semi
2. System: '
a. I coat interior alkyd enamel undercoat
b. 2 coats alkyd enamel
E. Exterior Wood for Painted Finish:
I. Gloss:
a. Flat
2. System:
a. I coat exterior primer
b. 2 coats latex enamel
F. Ferrous Metals:
PAINTING 09910-2
on
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
on
SECTION 09910
s PAINTING
PART I -GENERAL
am
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide the following:
I. Painting and surface preparation for interior unfinished surfaces:
a. Paint interior trim except stair handrail (polyurethane finish).
b. Provide concrete sealer for basement floor.
2. Painting and surface preparation for exterior unfinished surfaces:
a. Paint exposed fiber cement siding,shingles, panels and trim.
b. Paint unfinished metals, including loose steel lintels.
3. Field-painting and surface preparation of exposed mechanical and electrical piping, conduit,
ductwork,and equipment.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
I. Include manufacturer's full range of color and finish options if additional selection is required.
C. Extra Stock: Submit 2 unopened gallons of each paint and color used in the project.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
e�w
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Regulations: All paints shall be no VOC.
C. Mock-Ups: Provide mock-up as required to demonstrate quality of workmanship.
I. Provide 4 foot x 4 foot mock-ups of each type of surface.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: ICI Devoe Coatings, Benjamin Moore, Pratt and Lambert,Sherwin Williams or approved
equal. Multicolor finishes by Polomyx, Zolatone or approved equal. First-line commercial-quality
products for all coating systems.
on
PAINTING 09910-1
,0
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project on
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with recommendations of Carpet and Rug Institute"Specifier's Handbook".
I. Direct-Glue-Down Installation: Comply with CRI 104,Section 8,"Direct Glue-Down Installation." W„
2. Stair Installation: Comply with CRI 104,Section 12,"Carpet on Stairs."
B. Prepare surfaces and install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved am
submittals. Clean, patch, and level substrate. Install materials in proper relation with adjacent
construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections.
C. Install edge guards and reducer strips as required;clean and protect we
END OF SECTION
am
aw
wu
w�
w
CARPET 09684-2 ,
g
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
OR
SECTION 09684
.w CARPET
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide sheet carpet and floor preparation.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
w and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
C. Seaming Layout: Submit proposed seaming layout.
■w D. Extra Stock: Submit extra stock equal to 2%of total used.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Performance: Fire performance meeting requirements of building code and local authorities.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: Bentley Mills, Collins & Aikman Floor Coverings,J&J Industries, Mannington Commercial
Carpets, Mohawk Commercial Carpet, Patrick Carpet Mills,Shaw Industries, or approved equal.
I. Within Units: Philadelphia (Shaw Industries)"Collaborator"with 'StaLok' integral cushion backed
carpet.
2. Within Common Hallways: Philadelphia(Shaw Industries)"Quest"
3. Entry Carpet: Mats, Inc.,"Berber"
B. Installation Method: Direct glue down.
C. Quality: 26 oz. minimum
A
D. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
E. Auxiliary Materials:
me
I. Vinyl edge guards and reducer strips (metal not permitted).
2. Adhesives,cements and fasteners.
3. Leveling compound.
CARPET 09684-1
4W
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Wo
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION *w
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Install in proper relation to adjacent
work.
s
B. Install base and accessories to minimize joints. Install base with joints as far from corners as practical.
C. Clean, polish,and protect. on
END OF SECTION
an
RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09651-2
w
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 09651
RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES
PART GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide resilient wall base and accessories in kitchens and bathrooms.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
C. Submit extra stock equal to 2%of total used.
ww 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
"! handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Performance: Fire performance meeting requirements of building code and local authorities.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers:AFCO Rubber Corp.,)ohnsonite, Roppe,VPI Floor Products,or approved equal.
B. Resilient Wall Base:
I. Vinyl Wall Base: FS SS-W-40,Type 11.
2. Thickness: 0.125 inches thick.
3. Height: 4 inches.
C. Resilient Stair Accessories:
I. Vinyl Stair Treads: FS RR-T-650,Composition B.
2. Thickness: 0.125 inches thick.
3. Risers: Matching vinyl.
4. Stringers: Painted wood.
D. Installation Accessories:
I. Concrete Slab Primer: Nonstaining type.
2. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, Portland-cement-based
formulation.
3. Stair Tread Nose Filler: Two-part epoxy compound.
4. Adhesives: Water-resistant type.
w
RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09651-1
an
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project OR
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION .M
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Install in proper relation to adjacent
work.
MW
B. Prepare surfaces by cleaning, leveling and priming as required. Test adhesive for bond before general
installation. Level to 1/8"in 10'tolerance.
C. Tile Flooring: Install the with tight joints and with one-way pattern. Layout to prevent less than 1/2 tile
units.
D. Sheet Flooring: Install sheets with tight joints and pattern in adjoining areas running in the same
direction. Layout to minimize seams as approved. Coordinate location of seams with Architect and
heat weld. Caulk all seams to plumbing fixtures and wall base.
E. Clean, polish,and protect ""
END OF SECTION as
w
RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-2
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT FLOORING
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide resilient flooring and floor preparation.
B. Schedule:
I. Vinyl Composition Tile.
2. Kitchens and Bathrooms: Vinyl Sheet Flooring with welded seams.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
C. Extra Stock: Submit extra stock equal to 2%of total used.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Performance: Fire performance meeting requirements of building code and local authorities.
C. Provide materials and adhesives which do not contain asbestos.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Vinyl Composition Tile Flooring:
I. Manufacturers:Armstrong World Industries,Azrock Industries,Tarkett or approved equal.
2. Vinyl Composition Tile: ASTM F 1066,Composition I, nonasbestos formulated:
a. Class I.
3. Size: 12 by 12 inches.
4. Thickness: 1/8 inch.
B. Vinyl Sheet Flooring:
I. Manufacturers: Armstrong World Industries, Forbo Industries, Mannington Commercial Resilient,
Tarkett,or approved equal.
2. Sheet Vinyl With Backing: ASTM F 1303:
a. Commercial grade.
3. Wearing Surface: Smooth.
4. Seams: Heat welded.
go C. Auxiliary Materials:
I. Edge strips and terminations.
rw 2. Leveling compound.
on RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project OR
E. Auxiliary Materials:
I. Gypsum board screws,ASTM C 1002.
2. Gypsum board nails,ASTM C 514. '�'
3. Fastening adhesive.
4. Concealed acoustical sealant.
5. Mineral fiber sound attenuation blankets. .a
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install wood framing in compliance with Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. Install with tolerances
necessary to produce substrate for gypsum board assemblies with tolerances specified. Include blocking
for items such as railings,grab bars,casework,toilet accessories and similar items.
B. Install gypsum board for tape and 3-coat joint compound finish in compliance with ASTM C 840 and GA
216, Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. Install gypsum .�
board assemblies true,plumb, level and in proper relation to adjacent surfaces.
C. Provide fire-rated systems where indicated and where required by authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Install boards vertically. Do not allow butt-to-butt joints and joints that do not fall over framing
members.
E. Provide insulation full height and thickness in partitions at toilet rooms, between different occupancies,
and where required.
F. Provide acoustical sealant at both faces at top and bottom runner tracks,wall perimeters,openings,and
control joints.
G. Install trim in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
H. Repair surface defects. Leave ready for finish painting or wall treatment.
END OF SECTION
.w
.A,
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260-2 ,.
in
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
w
SECTION 09260
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide gypsum board assemblies:
I. Interior walls, partitions and ceilings with tape and joint compound finish.
2. Cementitious backer units.
3. Installation of access panels in gypsum board assemblies.
we 1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
P0 product used.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
No A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
w B. Tolerances: Not more than 1/16 inch difference in true plane at joints between adjacent boards before
finishing. After finishing,joints shall be not be visible. Not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet deviation from
true plane, plumb, level and proper relation to adjacent surfaces in finished work.
C. Fire Resistance for Fire-Rated Assemblies: ASTM E 119.
D. Performance: Fire,structural,and seismic performance meeting requirements of building code and local
'? authorities.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers of Gypsum Board: Domtar Gypsum,Georgia-Pacific Corp., National Gypsum Co.,United
! States Gypsum Co.,or approved equal.
B. Gypsum Board:
I. Gypsum Wallboard for Tape and Joint Compound Finish: ASTM C 36, regular, moisture-
resistant,foil-backed,and fire-rated types as required:
a. Typical Thickness: 5/8 inch.
2. Kitchen and Bathroom Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630, regular and fire-
4W rated types as required:
a. Typical Thickness: 5/8 inch.
3. Joint Treatment: ASTM C 475 and ASTM C 840, 3-coat system, paper or fiberglass tape.
wn C. Cementitious Backer Units:
I. Type: ANSI A 1 18.9,cement-coated Portland cement panels.
2. Thickness: 5/8 inch nominal.
40
D. Trim Accessories:
I. Material: Metal or plastic trim.
on 2. Types: Cornerbead,edge trim,and control joints.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260-1
o
'r -2
o
N
W y
Q c_
m u.
� o
Z
Q O
Cl) °o
W
Z o
m c
w U Z o
III a' O v
Q F- a
0
o w-
n W W Z
1�II c p Z v
W v
m U v
F= c W F- �-
�
Qw
* ¢ n > a v c z
10
An g
o a g a
U a aU
0
c
N
Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z
0o a n. a n. a o. a a a a
CO
v �j C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C9 C7 (� C7
N
O
O
a ZWZJ
*' z z z z z z z z z awa¢
H e = a n a n a a a a a _jQ J3
p m m m` m m m 'm m m <Z_j
H c � 3 3 wo¢�
0 C) C7 C7 0 0 0 U U U
ajL
F= o
C) L zQ
o
o
LL U Ug aU U U U � � U U >
C
O
+L'+ =W?
V c ZzZ
a m lz�g m m m m m m m m
U m > o.CO@� > > > > > > > >
Vf Z o
V
�_
Q Q o
Z � Z 0 Z o p 3 w
Z 0 ¢ o
O y z z U H p u H
'o o °o z F- o > Z �_ ¢ w Z ¢
Y� M a w w Un U o Y m m U m
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project so
3. Glazing gaskets.
4. Setting blocks,spacers,and compressible filler rods.
R
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Inspect framing and report unsatisfactory conditions in writing.
B. Comply with GANA "Glazing Manual' and manufacturers instructions and recommendations. Use
manufacturer's recommended spacers, blocks, primers,sealers,gaskets and accessories.
C. Install glass with uniformity of pattern,draw, bow and roller marks.
D. Install sealants to provide complete wetting and bond and to create a substantial wash away from glass.
E. Set mirrors on stainless steel clips and adhere to wall with mirror adhesive.
F. Remove and replace damaged glass and glazing. Wash, polish and protect all glass supplied under this
section.
3.02 SCHEDULE
A. All insulating glass: Double pane, low-E coating on second surface, with argon gas fill and thermal break
edge spacers: ■*
I. Windows: 5/8 inch thick insulating unit,clear glass.
2. Storefront: I inch thick insulating unit,clear tempered glass.
3. Entrances: 5/8 inch thick insulating unit,clear tempered glass.
4. Door vision panels: Tempered, laminated or wire glass.
END OF SECTION
.R
GLAZING 08800-2 ""
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
PART 1 -GENERAL
OR
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide glass and glazing for the following:
I. Fixed and operable windows.
2. Entrances and Storefronts.
3. Door vision panels.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
Re product used.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
connections,and relationship with adjacent construction.
C. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
D. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty. Include labor and materials to repair or replace
defective materials.
I. Laminated Glass: Manufacturer's 4 year warranty.
2. Coated Glass: Manufacturer's 5 year warranty.
3. Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's 10 year warranty.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Mock-Ups: Provide mock-up as required to demonstrate quality of workmanship.
I. Each type of glazing.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers:AFG Industries, Cardinal IG, Libby Owens Ford,Viracon,or approved equal.
t B. Glass:
I. Primary Glass Products: Clear float,tinted float, patterned,and wire glass,ASTM C 1036.
2. Heat-Treated Glass Products: Heat-strengthened, tempered, coated,and spandrel glass,ASTM C
PM 1 048.
3. Laminated Glass Units: Polyvinyl butyral interlayer.
4. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: ASTM E 774,Class A.
Im 5. High-Performance Coatings: Low a (low emissivity) type.
C. Glazing Accessories:
I. Elastomeric glazing sealants.
2. Preformed glazing tapes.
GLAZING 08800-1
to
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
on
I EA ENTRY LOCKSET CORBIN RUSSWIN ML2067 PSM
I EA DOOR STOP FLOOR MOUNTED
I EA KICKPLATE 8"x WIDTH MINUS I"
1 EA SOUND STRIP
1 EA DOOR BOTTOM
I EA THRESHOLD
I EA VIEWER
DOOR(S)# 101 B, 102B,201 A, 201 B,202A,202B, 301 A, 301 B, 302A 3028.
Hardware Set 5
Each to Receive:
3 EA BUTTS NRP, BALL BEARING TYPE
I EA ENTRY LOCKSET CORBIN RUSSWIN ML2067 PSM
I EA DOOR STOP FLOOR MOUNTED
I EA THRESHOLD SEE DOOR DETAILS
1 EA KICKPLATE 8"x WIDTH MINUS I"
I SET HEAD&JAMB WEATHERSTRIPPING
I EA DOOR BOTTOM DP
DOOR(S)# 101A& 102A.
Hardware Set 6
Each to Receive:
w 3 EA BUTTS BALL BEARING TYPE
I EA DOOR CLOSER PARALLEL ARM
I EA PASSAGE SET CORBIN RUSSWIN ML2010 PSA
DOOR(S)#4.
Hardware Set 7
Each to Receive:
3 EA BUTTS BALL BEARING TYPE
I EA PRIVACY SET
I EA DOOR STOP FLOOR MOUNTED
no TYPICAL AT ALL SWINGING BEDROOM AND BATHROOM DOORS
Hardware Set 8
Each to Receive:
HEAVY-DUTY BIFOLD TRACK SYSTEM
I EA WIRE PULL HANDLES
TYPICAL AT ALL BIFOLD DOORS
END OF SECTION
s.
DOOR HARDWARE 08710-3
am
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project a.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION op
A. Follow guidelines of DHI "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware and hardware
manufacturers'instructions.
B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
C. Adjust operation,clean and protect.
w
3.02 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Hardware Set I *�
Each to Receive:
3 EA BUTTS NRP, BALL BEARING TYPE
I EA LOCKSET CORBIN RUSSWIN ML2057 PSM
I EA DOOR CLOSER PARALLEL ARM
I EA ELECTRIC STRIKE RELEASE. RELEASES BY INTERCOM.
ADAMS-RITE#7170 W/TRANSFORMER BY HARDWARE SUPPLIER
I EA THRESHOLD SEE DOOR DETAILS
I EA KICKPLATE 8"x WIDTH MINUS I"
I SET HEAD&JAMB WEATHERSTRIPPING
I EA SILL W/S 36" . .
I EA DOOR STOP FLOOR MOUNTED
DOOR(S)# 1.
Hardware Set 2
Each to Receive:
3 EA BUTTS NRP, BALL BEARING TYPE
I EA LOCKSET CORBIN RUSSWIN ML2057 PSM
I EA DOOR CLOSER PARALLEL ARM
I EA THRESHOLD SEE DOOR DETAILS
I SET HEAD&JAMB WEATHERSTRIPPING
I EA KICKPLATE 8"x WIDTH MINUS I"
I EA SILL W/S 36"
1 EA DOOR STOP FLOOR MOUNTED
DOOR(S)#2.
Hardware Set 3
Each to Receive:
3 EA BUTTS BALL BEARING TYPE
I EA LOCKSET CORBIN RUSSWIN ML2057 PSM
I EA DOOR CLOSER PARALLEL ARM
I EA DOOR STOP FLOOR MOUNTED
I EA KICKPLATE 8"x WIDTH MINUS I"
DOOR(S)#3.
w
Hardware Set 4
Each to Receive:
3 EA BUTTS NRP, BALL BEARING TYPE
DOOR HARDWARE 08710-2 .
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 08710
40 DOOR HARDWARE
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide door hardware.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
on product used.
B. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
we and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
C. Submit for approval hardware schedule proposed for use based on Owner's requirements.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Hardware for Fire-Rated Openings: NFPA 80,and local requirements.
C. Materials and Application: ANSI A156 series standards.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
me A. Manufacturers: Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware, Sargent Manufacturing, Schlage Lock Co.,Yale
Locks and Hardware,or approved equal.
B. Door Hardware:
OR I. Quality Level: Light Commercial.
2. Locksets and Latchsets: Cylinder type.
3. Keying: Multiple building keying and key control system.
4. Hinges and Butts: Full-mortise ball bearing type with nonremovable pins at exterior, common
area and unit entry doors.
5. Closers, Door Control,and Exit Devices: High frequency and Barrier-free.
6. Push/Pull Units: Through-bolted type.
7. Hardware Finishes: Dark oxidized satin bronze finish on exposed surfaces.
8. Key Cylinders: 6 pin removeable core
C. Auxiliary Materials:
1. Door Trim Units: Kickplates, edge trim,viewers and related trim.
2. Stops and overhead door holders.
3. Weatherstripping and thresholds.
4. Knox box for fire emergency keys.
DOOR HARDWARE 08710-1
go
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
4. Insect screening.
PART 3 -EXECUTION +
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Fabricate windows to conform to AAMA standards and accept glass specified.
B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
C. Operation: Provide locking units with manual operation; provide pole for out of reach hardware.
w�
D. Restore damaged finishes and test for proper operation. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
.e�
w
FIBERGLASS WINDOWS 08570-2 ■
OR
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 08570
FIBERGLASS WINDOWS
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide fiberglass double hung and fixed windows.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
to connections, and relationship with adjacent construction.
C. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
w
D. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty. Include labor and materials to repair or replace
defective materials.
me I. Warranty Period: 20 years.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's maintenance data, including maintenance schedule.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
e handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Mock-Ups: Provide mock-up as required to demonstrate quality of workmanship.
C. Performance: Comply with AAMA 101 for grade of window required: DP-40.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: Marvin Windows, Integrity Wood-Ultrex series.
go
B. Fiberglass Windows:
1. Construction: Fiberglass exterior(Ultrex)with wood interior.
2. Window Operation: Double hung windows.
3. Window Operation: Fixed windows.
4. Glazing: Low-E,Argon filled, insulating glass.
5. Glazing Color: Clear.
6. Rated U-Value: 0.34 or better
7. Grilles: between the glass,as indicated, color as selected by Architect.
C. Auxiliary Materials:
I. Ventilator opening limit device.
2. Tilt in sash removal.
3. Operating hardware.
on
0 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS 08570-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 08310
ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide access doors and panels for walls and ceilings.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers:J. L. Industries, Karp Associates, Milcor, Nystrom, or approved equal.
B. Equipment Access Doors:
I. Frames: 16 gauge (.0598 inch) sheet steel with flange suitable for adjacent material.
2. Doors: 14 gauge(.0625 inch)sheet steel.
3. Door Type: Flush panel.
4. Locking Devices: Cylinder locks.
5. Fire Rating: NFPA 80.
C. Attic Access Door:
I. Type: Hinged wood door with fold down wood stair.
2. Capacity: Heavy duty, 300 pound capacity minimum.
3. Door: Painted wood frame and panel.
4. Insulation: Sealed attic lift up insulated box.
5. Locking Device: Cylinder lock.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections. Install assemblies complete with all hardware, anchors,
inserts, supports and accessories. Test and adjust operation.
B. Restore damaged finishes and test for proper operation. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 08310-1
w
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project fn
3. Core: Particle Board core to meet rated assembly requirements.
4. Finish: Primed.
C. Fitting and Finish: 0
I. Fitting: Install in corresponding fire-rated steel frames according to NFPA 80.
2.03 FIBERGLASS DOORS
A. Manufacturer:Jeld-Wen Windows and Doors,or approved equal.
B. Exterior Entry Doors:
I. Style: IWP Aurora Entry System, A362 door design (w/sidelights at main building entry)
2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches thick. *
3. Construction: Fiberglass skins over foam core.
4. Glazing: Clear insulated glass.
5. Finish: Factory finished,color and texture as selected by Architect.
C. Fitting and Finish:
I. Fitting: Install in corresponding steel frames.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NWMA I.S. IA and specified quality standard. Prefit doors to frames. Premachine doors
for hardware listed on final schedules. Factory bevel doors.
B. Install doors with not more than 1/8"clearance at top and sides, 1/4"at bottom. Comply with NFPA 80
for rated assemblies.
.w
C. Adjust, clean,and protect.
END OF SECTION
rw
WOOD DOORS 08210-2 ewe
P0
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 08210
WOOD DOORS
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide wood doors and fiberglass entry doors.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
C. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty. Include labor and materials to repair or replace
defective materials.
I. Warranty Period: 10 years.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Quality Standards: NWWDA I.S. IA,and AWI Architectural Quality Standards.
!! C. Fire Rated Wood Doors: Meet ASTM E 152 requirements.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 UNIT INTERIOR WOOD DOORS
A. Manufacturers:Algoma Hardwoods, Eggers Industries,Weyerhaeuser Architectural Doors,or approved
ON equal.
B. Interior Hollow Core Doors:
I. Thickness: 1-3/8 inches thick.
2. Construction: Hardboard face, 6 panel embossed design.
3. Core: Honeycomb with wood blocked edges
4. Finish: Primed.
C. Fitting and Finish:
I. Fitting: Prehung,factory-prefit and premachined doors.
2.02 UNIT ENTRY DOORS
A. Manufacturers: Premdor Doors, or approved equal.
me
B. Interior Solid Core Doors:
I. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches thick.
2. Construction: Plywood, MDF, hardboard and molded panel face, 6 panel design.
WOOD DOORS 08210-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
w.
2. Exterior Frames:
a. Material: Galvanized sheet steel.
b. Corners: Mitered or coped. *+
c. Type: Welded.
d. Thickness: 14 gauge (.0598 inch)..
3. Accessories:
a. Door silencers.
b. Plaster guards.
4. Finish: Factory primed and field painted.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Fabricate work to be rigid, neat and free from seams, defects, dents, warp, buckle, and exposed
fasteners. Install doors and frames in compliance with SDI-100, NFPA 80, and requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Provide thermally improved doors with maximum U-value of 0.24 BTU/hr./sq. ft. degree F (ASTM C
236)for all exterior doors and elsewhere as noted.
C. Provide acoustically improved doors with minimum STC of 33 (ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413) where
indicated.
D. Hardware: Prepare doors and frames to receive hardware on final schedule. Provide for 3 silencers on
single door frames; 2 on double door frames.
E. Shop Finish: Clean, treat and prime paint all work with rust-inhibiting primer comparable with finish .w
paint specified in Division 9 section. Provide asphalt emulsion sound deadening coating on concealed
frame interiors.
F. Touch-up damaged coatings and leave ready to receive finish painting.
END OF SECTION
wia
r.
w
9
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-2 ,,,
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 08110
to STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide steel doors and frames.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
connections,and relationship with adjacent construction.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Standards: ANSI/SDI-100, Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
C. Performance Standards:
I. Fire-Rated Assemblies: NFPA 80,and acceptable testing agency listing.
2. Thermal-Rated Assemblies at Exterior: ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 976.
3. Sound-Rated Assemblies at Mechanical Rooms: ASTM E 1408,and ASTM E 413.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
on A. Manufacturers: Amweld Building Products, Ceco Door Products, Curries Co., Mesker Door, Steelcraft
Manufacturing,or approved equal.
on B. Steel Doors:
1. Door Type: Standard steel doors with hollow or composite construction.
2. Interior Doors: ANSI/SDI-100, Grade 11, heavy-duty, minimum 18 gauge (.0358 inch) cold-rolled
steel, 1-3/4 inches thick.
3. Exterior Doors: ANSI/SDI-100, Grade III, extra-heavy-duty, minimum 16 gauge (.0598 inch)
galvanized sheet steel, 1-3/4 inches thick.
4. Accessories:
a. Sightproof stationary louvers
b. Glazing stops.
5. Finish: Factory primed and field painted.
Vp C. Steel Frames:
I. Interior Frames:
a. Material: Sheet steel.
b. Corners: Mitered or coped.
c. Type:Welded.
d. Drywall slip-on.
e. Thickness: 16 gauge (.0598 inch).
STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-1
go
N a
O E
N No
3
0
v
_Z
Z H
Y Q B
Q w *
W °
3
v
Z
J v
u
Q o
J W F=
Ili
f W ! p "
J �
Q f"
W W
= D c7
L9
Z
Z
W
o
Z =
0 � iv
E 0
P7
W
o!
F
u rn
Q n
LL v
a c
op
W
J S
aka
�o
Y °o
Q 'n
N .p
C �
ti
� 3
0
z 3
z v
Qw° w w °w ui
v� W Z) D Z D 3 H
.o 0
v
0
� J M
v co a
OR
a
U o
C7 U U C7 ^J
E o c
43 L1 43 J
Lu
r r r r
( U C9 U C7 U C7 C7
CC
3 'c
o c v c
3 s y
40 3 v v
LL �n N 4) N N
3 °
y a' a
� r r
o v v v v
Z °0
Q X X X X LO
Cr r r s= r
Z (O t0 O O
M C) C'M CM r
W c)
CL
r
O
Z = X X X X X X r r
O
0
F. Cp f0 O O O O
O
mma 0:
W
N
O w w w
u a cm
LL
V Z z z Z it Z z z z
v
3L � W
LM
C s
y Q Q m m U U m W °o
00 O Z
o
•�„ m cc °o
3 a
n a � Q w LL
O
ai
M j
0� y
0
Z O
d
pp o
O o
co
°
to
H
LL cc Z c
0
y _
avi
LL 0 N LL d
0
O —_ w
Z
2 .d E n u
LL G ^ U o
t=
y _ a
ro
LL M
QI
r 3 O
M N
DI
L O
{A co
d
U. E
L .
O >
O
e�
L �L
G1
O U
OE _
N
N
d
C
O s c7
4+
s
C 4) m
C I ID
L 4,
O V b
CV
c
v
V
O
0
� G
J �
0
C CO
s
L % W
o O o
�o
0
O i 1
p rd `_
0 LL ;0-
go
M
O v^
N �
v u
i a �
o `8
Z g
c z z z z z z z z z
co
9 am
0 0 0 Co 0 0 0 0 0
ii IX co co co co co co co co co Z Z Z Z Z c
ig
y ——
n n r- n r.- n n � n ti ^ c
U. O H U U U U U U U U U U U LL LL LL '
0
y — 3
Z
2 y j to o m 0 o o m p o n � � u
U. C U U U U U U U U U U U` U' o clw
ti
E fd Lo ul) to LO to N LO LO 0 ti 1, ti r
ti C 0 U U U U U U U U U O O U C7 CJ
d �
L Q
3 =°
V O
ld
d
O O O O O
Lf U) (n U) (n cn V) U) U) co 3 3
L
O >
O d
G W co so co co co co co co co Co. co v cn o �
.i
d
o U U U U U U U U U U U U U U
O e1
0 E m m co m m co m U co S S S S S
N
V1
d
C
L V
p c M M M @7 M M M M C''1 C7 co M M M
4
L Z
o a0 c0 Co c0 GO c0 GO 00 00 cp 00 00 CO OD
Q = co w co co c0 co co co co 0 to co c0 co
t so
03 c7 M cM <'7 M C7 t7 cM ih M) ch � N ih
W No
U)
O
J
U
Z
ZE C 40
IX Z QSQ Z Qw Z Z QSQ c
W w W W of W w W O �S a
LL LL LL LL O O} O '
LL LL LL A4
0 CO m m c
O z Z Z z Z Z Z z Z O O F- F-a F-
L W W W W W W W W W O W W W W lg
u F- F- F- t F- F- F- F- F- 0 O m O o
J z Z z Z Z Z Z Z Z Q W J J¢ J am
S S S S :D D m m U U U
Q
0
O i m Q m Q m Q m Q m o
p lC N .- r N N N N h
0 N N M M M N N M ¢ m U W
v
a� cn
a� o
J
V O LIJ ti
a m 3 p U H
go
0 a d v d
y N O E Z Z Z O
O
(D O
E c. Z Z Co to Z fD z p
l� V 2 V V) L y — W Q U U Cl) U W
�I .► H � = H U. O fn do
y -
O
•Q
O b y E Lo M LO M M In M v
0
in Cl) LO to M LO M �
ti C 2 C7 U U U C7 U C7 Ai
LIMA ,o
� M
O O
!d iJ i
r N M to In LO lf)
J J J J J J J
ti E w w ai U)i ai Cl) c
L
O >
O w
O W r Cl) Co. t0 M Co M
L L
d
0 z LL LL LL LL
N
' N
d
C
O C L M M M M M M M
a 01-
a
°°
(U
X c O L
c
G1 00 .0- . c0 00 -1 00 00 00
a ° Q = f0 Co c0 w w co fo
C
E
in .a L 41
p � (U�
°' ' in in in in in in in
4°-
c
►! v _y c �. o z
w
z cn m r F
CC Z c
O O p
fin d -_ LL R' O 6�L LPL. o
F- LL V i o 0 3 '3 y v O O
;� VoV �° 45 0 0 0 0 z z z S
L v O y ' W
N G O F-
~ 1- ~
o `o i A v O J w w >> > o
L
O M _ _ 3 N L N O
Y C N N •> 44? N Q m Q O
Y `
Li
Qp o Q Q to V.) ri C Ln 0 t N M v o 0 0 `n
M a Z rNi ni 0 0 0 0 00
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
F. Specialty Sealants:
I. Type and Application: Synthetic rubber for acoustical sealant for concealed joints.
G. Paving Joint Fillers:
I. Type: Bituminous fiber.
2. Application: Filler for exterior paving joints. 4W
H. Auxiliary Materials:
I. Plastic foam joint fillers.
2. Elastomeric tubing backer rods.
3. Bond breaker tape.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Examine substrate; report unsatisfactory conditions in writing. Beginning work means acceptance of
substrates.
B. Provide sealants in colors as selected from manufacturer's standards.
C. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections. Clean and prime joints,and install bond breakers, backer rods
and sealant as recommended by manufacturers.
D. Depth shall equal width up to 1/2"wide;depth shall equal 1/2 width for joints over 1/2"wide.
E. Cure and protect sealants as directed by manufacturers. Replace or restore damaged sealants. Clean
adjacent surfaces to remove spillage.
OR
END OF SECTION
war
JOINT SEALERS 07900-2 ,.
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide joint sealers at interior and exterior vertical and horizontal joints.
In
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
I. Include manufacturer's full range of color and finish options if additional selection is required.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Field-Constructed Mock-Ups: Each joint type.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Urethane Elastomeric Joint Sealants:
I. Manufacturers: Pecora Corp.,Sika Corp.,Tremco or approved equal.
2. Type and Application: Multi-part nonsag urethane sealant,ASTM C 920:
a. Application: For joints in vertical and horizontal surfaces.
b. Exterior use.
B. Silicone Elastomeric Joint Sealants:
I. Manufacturers: Dow Corning, GE Silicones,Tremco,or approved equal.
2. Type and Application: One-part nonacid-curing silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, modulus as
required for application:
a. Application: For joints in vertical and horizontal surfaces.
b. Exterior and interior use.
C. One-part mildew-resistant silicone sealant,ASTM C 920,for sanitary applications, interior use.
D. Latex Joint Sealants:
I. Manufacturers: Pecora Corporation, Polymeric Systems, Inc., Sonneborn Building Products,
xwr Tremco,or approved equal.
2. Type: Acrylic-emulsion,ASTM C 834.
3. Application: Interior joints in vertical and overhead surfaces with limited movement.
E. Compression Seals:
I. Type: Preformed hollow neoprene gasket,ASTM D 2628.
2. Application: Wide exterior joints in vertical surfaces.
JOINT SEALERS 07900-1
to
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 07840
FIRESTOPPING
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide firestopping at locations required by code.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Submit for approval test reports.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Fire Performance: ASTM E 119,ASTM E 814,and local regulations.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide systems
designed for use required, of one or more of the following types:
I. Intumescent latex sealant, putty and wrap strips.
B. Fire-Resistive Elastomeric Joint Sealants:
I. Single-component,neutral-curing,silicone sealant.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Review extent of work with authorities having jurisdiction and obtain approval of installation
• thicknesses and methods.
B. Sequence work to avoid need for removal of firestopping by work of other trades.
C. Comply with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations. Securely anchor insulation with safing
clips. Install firestops without gaps or voids.
D. Protect, inspect and repair work until final acceptance.
IRK END OF SECTION
FIRESTOPPING 07840-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
2. Mastic and elastomeric sealants.
3. Epoxy seam sealer.
4. Rosin-sized building paper slip sheet.
5. Polyethylene underlayment.
6. Gutter and conductor head guards.
7. Asphaltic roofing cement.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Follow recommendations of SMACNA Sheet Metal Manual. Allow for expansion. Isolate dissimilar
materials.
ww
B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
C. Restore damaged components and finishes. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600-2 ,.
i
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide flashing and sheet metal.
OR
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
Wo product used.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
connections,and relationship with adjacent construction.
C. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
taw PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Applications:
I. Metal counterflashing and base flashing.
2. Exterior wall flashing and expansion joints.
!!! 3. Built-in metal valleys,gutters,and scuppers.
4. Gutters and downspouts.
5. Exposed metal trim and fascia units,aluminum brake metal at fascia, rakes and eaves.
6. Elastic flashing.
7. Laminated composition flashing.
8. Sheet metal accessories.
9. Ridge vents.
war
B. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim:
I. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B 209,alloy 3003,factory paint finish,20 gauge (.0359 inch).
2. Extruded Aluminum: 6063-T52, clear anodized,0.080 inches for primary legs of extrusion.
C. Flexible Sheet Membrane Flashing: Nonreinforced flexible black elastic sheet, 50 to 65 mils thick, butyl
synthetic rubber.
D. Laminated Composition Sheet Flashing: 5 ounce copper sheet laminated between 2 layers of bituminous
impregnated Kraft paper or saturated fabric.
E. Fabricated Units: Compliance with SMACNA Sheet Metal Manual.
F. Auxiliary Materials:
I. Bituminous isolation coating.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 07460
FIBER CEMENT SIDING
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide fiber cement shingle siding for exterior walls.
B. Provide fiber cement panels,soffits and trim as indicated.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Fiber Cement Siding:
I. Manufacturer: James Hardie Inc. or approved equal
2. Product: Hardishingle siding,straight edge panel. ASTM C 1186, Type A
3. Finish: Factory applied primer.
4. Warranty: 50 year manufacturer's warranty..
5. Panels: A-inch thick,48-inch long by 16-inch high
6. Pattern: Individual shingles available in 6,8, 12 inch widths.
B. Siding Accessories:
I. Solid soffit panels.
2. Ventilating soffit panels.
3. Panels.
4. Trim.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
w► B. Restore damaged components. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
SIDING 07460-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
C. Install water protection sheet at valleys, ridges,and eaves.
D. Restore damaged components. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
A
w+r
wir
SHINGLES 07310-2 ,�
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 07310
ASPHALT SHINGLES
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide shingles for roofing applications.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
C. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty. Include labor and materials to repair or replace
defective materials.
s. I. Warranty Period: 30 years.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Mock-Ups: Provide mock-up as required to demonstrate quality of workmanship.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Asphalt Shingles:
I. Manufacturers: CertainTeed Roofing Products,Landmark 30 or IKO, Cambridge 30:
2. Type: Three dimensional,fiberglass, laminated strip shingles.
3. Accessories:
a. Hip and ridge shingles.
b. Underlayment felt,ASTM D 226.
c. Self adhering sheet perimeter underlayment, IKO Armourgard Ice and Water Protector.
d. Metal flashing and drip edge.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with recommendations of NRCA Steep Roofing Manual.
B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance.
Coordinate with work of other sections.
I'm SHINGLES 07310-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Performance standards and insulation levels: Provide the following minimum levels of insulation:
■w
I. Attic: R-40,
2. Exterior walls: R-21 cavity insulation plus R-5 exterior insulating sheathing.
3. Foundation wall perimeters: R-10 with thermal break at slab edge.
4. Slab on grade: R-10 continuous under all slab areas.
5. Foundation walls: R-1 1
6. Sound isolation at tenant separation walls and between floor framing: R-I I
B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction. Coordinate with work of
other sections. Provide full thickness in one layer over entire area,tightly fitting around penetrations.
C. Pour loose insulation into cavities indicated;provide uniform coverage at correct density and thickness.
D. Install vapor retarder over entire area of inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as indicated. Seal all
seams and around perimeter and penetrations with tape to form a continuous vapor retarder free of
holes.
E. SPF spray foam insulation
I. Seal openings and air leakage cavities between air barrier membrane and penetrations including pipe
and wire penetrations,blocking,duct and other attic penetrations. .®
2. Install following manufacturer's written instructions and Energy Star Homes guidance.
3. Fill joints partially to allow room for expansion.
4. Install at perimeter of exterior doors and windows only if permitted in writing by door or window
manufacturer.
F. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarder.
.A
G. Provide CSG blower door testing at completion of exterior envelope.
END OF SECTION
BUILDING INSULATION 07210-2 .�
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide building insulation,air barriers and vapor retarders.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Submit for approval test reports.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Board Insulation:
I. Application: Foundation walls and under slabs-on-grade.
2. Type: Extruded polystyrene, rigid,ASTM C 578.
B. Blanket/Batt Insulation:
I. Application: Thermal and sound insulation in studs in exterior walls, at underside of roofs, over
heated spaces and over soffits and over unheated areas.
2. Type: Glass fiber or mineral slag fiber,ASTM C 665,Type I (unfaced).
C. Loose Fill Insulation:
I. Application:Attic insulation.
2. Type: Cellulose,ASTM C 1015,complying with CIMA Special Report#3.
D. Vapor Retarder:
I. Application: Exterior walls and roof/ceilings.
2. Type: Reinforced 3-ply polyethylene, 10 to 12 mils.
E. Air Barrier:
I. Application: Over exterior wall sheathing.
2. Type: weather resistant membrane, plastic housewrap moisture and air barrier, with integral
vertical channels designed as a drainage plane, PacTiv GreenGuard RainDrop Housewrap.
3. Thickness: 0.015 inch
4. Perm rating ASTM E-96: 10
5. HUD compliance: UU-B-790A
F. Accessories:
I. Adhesives and mechanical anchors and clips.
2. Spray polyurethane foam (SPF) crack sealers and tapes for vapor retarder and air barrier.
BUILDING INSULATION 07210-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
B. Restore damaged components and test waterproofing. Clean and protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
00
ON
on
.w
00
ww
,f
.s
SHEET WATERPROOFING 07130-2 ."
OR
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
OR
SECTION 07130
w SHEET WATERPROOFING
PART I -GENERAL
on
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide sheet membrane waterproofing systems.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty. Include labor and materials to repair or replace
4P defective materials.
I. Warranty Period: 5 years.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Testing: Flood testing of horizontal applications.
+ PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Rubberized Asphalt Sheet Waterproofing:
I. Manufacturers: Grace Construction Products, W. R. Meadows, Mirafi Moisture Protection
Products, Pecora or approved equal.
2. Membrane: Self-adhering rubberized asphalt and polyethylene sheet membrane, 56 mils thick,
tensile strength 250 psi.
B. Butyl Sheet Waterproofing:
I. Manufacturers:Carlisle SynTec Systems, Polyken Technologies or approved equal.
2. Membrane: Synthetic butyl rubber sheets, 60 mils thick,tensile strength 1200 psi,ASTM D 412.
C. EPDM Sheet Waterproofing:
I. Manufacturers: Carlisle SynTec Systems, Firestone or approved equal.
2. Membrane: Ethylene propylene diene monomer sheets, 1/16 inch thick,tensile strength 1400 psi,
ASTM D 412.
D. Flashing Materials and Protection Board: Compatible with membrane waterproofing.
an PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction. Coordinate with other
work.
SHEET WATERPROOFING 07130-1
00
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
ON
a. Wrap with pre-painted aluminum coil stock
B. Interior Standing and Running Trim and Rails: Im
I. Species for Opaque Finish: Ponderosa Pine.
2. Grade: Fingerjointed and primed.
3. Schedule:
a. Base: Brosco 688 4 A",eased edge ON
b. Window and door casings and trim below window sills: Brosco 8627,2 %2"eased edge.
C. Window sills: 5/4-inch MDF Medite with bullnose edge.
C. Decorative Brackets:
I. Manufacturer. Spectis Moulders Inc., 1-800-685-9981
2. Material: High density moulded polyurethane.
3. Style: Model as indicated.
4. Adhesive: PL premium.
5. Warranty: 5 years with sealed and painted finish.
D. Shelving and Closet Specialties:
I. Shelving: PVC coated wire shelving system.
2. Closet Rods: PVC coated wire closet rod system.
E. Auxiliary Materials: �.
I. Screws: FS FF-S-111.
2. Nails: FS FF-N-105.
3. Anchors: Type required for secure anchorage.
F. Stairs and Railings:
I. Treads: two layers 3/4-inch plywood
2. Risers: 3/4-inch finish boards or plywood.
3. Finished Stringers: 3/4-inch finish boards for opaque finish.
G. Interior Railings: Brosco#WM231-75, kiln-dried hard maple and manufacturer's prefabricated turns:
I. Metal rail brackets: Coffman C-3601 mounted to concealed blocking in GWB walls at 36-inch o.c.
maximum.
2. Railing returns: Return railings to wall with prefabricated turn.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Provide work to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated. Install work to comply with quality standards
referenced. Back prime work and install plumb, level and straight with tight joints; scribe work to fit.
B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction. Use non-corrosive fasteners
for exterior work. Coordinate with work of other sections.
C. Comply with manufacturer's requirements for cutting, handling,fastening and working treated materials.
D. Repair minor damage, clean and protect.
END OF SECTION
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-2 ON
go
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
eA
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide exterior architectural woodwork:
1. Standing and running trim and rails.
2. Trellis infill at front porch columns
3. Decorative brackets.
B. Provide interior architectural woodwork:
I. Standing and running trim and rails.
2. Shelving and closet specialties.
3. Stair low wall caps and cap skirt- paint grade.
4. Wood stair stringers.
5. Wood handrails with metal brackets.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
connections,and relationship with adjacent construction.
on
C. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
on have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Standards: Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards"
Custom Grade.
C. Preservative Treatment: Nonpressure method,exterior type,NWWDA I.S.4.
D. Formaldehyde Emission Levels:
I. Particleboard: NPA 8 compliance.
2. Medium Density Fiberboard: NPA 9 compliance.
3. Hardwood Plywood: HPMA FE compliance.
E. Mock-Ups: Provide mock-up as required to demonstrate quality of workmanship of each type of
architectural woodwork.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
ew 2.01 MATERIALS
A. Exterior Standing and Running Trim:
I. MDO Trim: Exterior Grade B-B, MDO Plywood or#2 pine
FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
w
J. Install wood trusses within installation tolerances in TPI 1.
K. Do not cut or remove truss members. ••
L. Replace wood trusses that are damaged or do not meet requirements.
«w
I. Do not alter trusses in field.
3.2 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION **
A. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet, apply
EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered .r
label
B. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on exposed surfaces with galvanized repair paint according to
ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Protective Coating: Clean and prepare exposed surfaces of metal connector plates. Brush apply
primer,when part of coating system,and one coat of protective coating.
I. Apply materials to provide minimum dry film thickness recommended by coating system
manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 06176
w.
.�r
METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176-6 ,,,.
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz FY Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
B. Protective Coatings: SSPC-Paint 22, epoxy-polyamide primer or [SSPC-Paint 16, coal-tar epoxy-
polyamide paint.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Cut truss members to accurate lengths,angles,and sizes to produce close-fitting joints.
B. Fabricate metal connector plates to sizes, configurations,thicknesses, and anchorage details required to
withstand design loads for types of joint designs indicated.
C. Assemble truss members in design configuration indicated; use jigs or other means to ensure uniformity
and accuracy of assembly with joints closely fitted to comply with tolerances in TPI I. Position
members to produce design camber indicated.
I. Fabricate wood trusses within manufacturing tolerances in TPI 1.
D. Connect truss members by metal connector plates located and securely embedded simultaneously in
both sides of wood members by air or hydraulic press.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install wood trusses only after supporting construction is in place and is braced and secured.
B. If trusses are delivered to Project site in more than one piece,assemble trusses before installing.
! " C. Hoist trusses in place by lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required, exercising care
not to damage truss members or joints by out-of-plane bending or other causes.
D. Install and brace trusses according to TPI recommendations and as indicated.
E. Install trusses plumb,square,and true to line and securely fasten to supporting construction.
F. Space trusses 24 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated; adjust and align trusses in location before
permanently fastening.
u® G. Anchor trusses securely at bearing points; use metal truss tie-downs or floor truss hangers as applicable.
Install fasteners through each fastener hole in truss accessories according to manufacturer's fastening
schedules and written instructions.
H. Securely connect each truss ply required for forming built-up girder trusses.
. Anchor trusses to girder trusses as indicated.
I. Install and fasten permanent bracing during truss erection and before construction loads are applied.
Anchor ends of permanent bracing where terminating at walls or beams.
I. Install bracing to comply with Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry."
2. Install and fasten strongback bracing vertically against vertical web of parallel-chord floor trusses
at centers indicated.
METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176- 5
go
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
on
2.3 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this
Article for material and manufacture.
I. Where trusses are exposed to weather, in ground contact, made from pressure-preservative
treated wood, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating
complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
B. Nails, Brads,and Staples: ASTM F 1667. +
C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.
D. Wood Screws: ASME B 18.6.1.
E. Lag Bolts: ASME B 18.2.1.
F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where
indicated,flat washers.
G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to
sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry
assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing
per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency.
I. Material: Carbon-steel components,zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5.
2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy .,
Group I or 2.
2.4 METAL TRUSS ACCESSORIES
A. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer,
that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from .�
empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed
by a qualified independent testing agency.
B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 '
coating designation.
I. Use for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated. •�•
C. Truss Tie-Downs: Simpson H I hurricane anchors shall be located at each truss, connecting the trusses
to wall studs below,
D. Truss Tie-Downs (Hurricane or Seismic Ties): Bent strap tie for fastening roof trusses to wall studs
below, 2-1/4 inches wide by 0.062 inch thick. Tie fits over top of truss and fastens to both sides of
truss,top plates,and one side of stud below.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by
weight.
METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176-4 «�
wo
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz FY Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
w
A. Handle and store trusses to comply with recommendations of TPI HIB, "Commentary and
Recommendations for Handling, Installing&Bracing Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses."
I. Store trusses flat,off of ground,and adequately supported to prevent lateral bending.
2. Protect trusses from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored.
3. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
B. Inspect trusses showing discoloration, corrosion, or other evidence of deterioration. Discard and
replace trusses that are damaged or defective.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Time delivery and erection of trusses to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying progress
of other trades whose work must follow erection of trusses.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 DIMENSION LUMBER
A. Lumber. DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is
indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules writing agency certified by
the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review
to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.
I. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, omit grade stamp and
provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency.
go 3. Provide dressed lumber,S4S.
4. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing.
B. Grade and Species: For truss chord and web members, provide dimension lumber of any species,
graded visually or mechanically, and capable of supporting required loads without exceeding allowable
design values according to AF&PA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction" and its
"Supplement."
C. Minimum Chord Size For Roof Trusses: 2 by 6 inches nominal for both top and bottom chords.
D. Permanent Bracing: Provide wood bracing that complies with requirements for miscellaneous lumber in
Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry."
2.2 METAL CONNECTOR PLATES
A. General: Fabricate connector plates to comply with TPI I.
on
B. Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Sheet ASTM A 653/A 653M; Structural Steel (SS), high-strength low-alloy
steel Type A (HSLAS Type A), or high-strength low-alloy steel Type B (HSLAS Type B); G60 coating
designation;and not less than 0.036 inch thick.
I. Use for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated.
METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176- 3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
A. Shop Drawings: Shall be stamped by a licensed Massachusetts professional engineer. and show
fabrication and installation details for trusses.
I. Show location,pitch, span, camber,configuration, and spacing for each type of truss required.
2. Indicate sizes,stress grades,and species of lumber.
3. Indicate locations of permanent bracing required to prevent buckling of individual truss members .w
due to design loads.
4. Indicate type, size, material, finish, design values, orientation, and location of metal connector
plates.
5. Show splice details and bearing details. �*
6. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data
signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
B. Product Certificates: For metal-plate-connected wood trusses,signed by officer of truss fabricating firm.
C. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses.
Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the ALSC Board of
Review.
D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for
Project:
I. Metal-plate connectors.
2. Metal truss accessories.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Metal Connector-Plate Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer that is a member of TPI and that
complies with quality-control procedures in TPI 1 for manufacture of connector plates.
I. Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services needed to
assume engineering responsibility.
2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive engineering
analysis by a qualified professional engineer.
B. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that participates in a recognized quality-assurance program that
complies with quality-control procedures in TPI I and that involves third-parry inspection by an
independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Source Limitations for Connector Plates: Obtain metal connector plates from a single manufacturer.
D. Comply with applicable requirements and recommendations of the following publications:
I. TPI 1, "National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction."
2. TPI DSB, "Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing of Metal Plate Connected
Wood Trusses."
3. TPI HIB, "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing Metal Plate . �
Connected Wood Trusses."
E. Wood Structural Design Standard: Comply with applicable requirements in AF&PA's "National Design
Specifications for Wood Construction"and its"Supplement."
1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176-2 �..
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
SECTION 06176-METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A This Section includes the following:
Wood roof trusses.
2. Wood girder trusses.
3. Wood truss bracing.
4. Metal truss accessories.
B. Related Sections include the following:
I. Division 2 Section"Termite Control'for site application of borate treatment to wood trusses.
2. Division 6 Section"Sheathing"for roof sheathing and subflooring.
C. Allowances: Provide wood truss bracing under the Metal-Plate-Connected Truss Bracing Allowance as
specified in Division I Section"Allowances."
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses: Planar structural units consisting of metal-plate-connected
members fabricated from dimension lumber and cut and assembled before delivery to Project site.
B. TPI: Truss Plate Institute, Inc.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Provide metal-plate-connected wood trusses capable of withstanding design
loads within limits and under conditions indicated. Comply with requirements in TPI I unless more
stringent requirements are specified below.
I. Design Loads: As indicated.
2. Maximum Deflection Under Design Loads:
a. Roof Trusses: Vertical deflection of 11360 of span.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
es
E. Comply with manufacturer's requirements for cutting, handling,fastening and working treated materials.
F. Restore damaged components. Protect work from damage.
END OF SECTION
w
a
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
b. Allowable shear stress, Fv: 70 psi
C. Modulus of Elasticity, E: 1,200,000 psi
3. Species and grade:any species and grade meeting the strength requirement listed above.
B. Miscellaneous Lumber:
1. Moisture Content: 19 percent.
2. Grade: Standard grade light framing.
C. Engineered Wood Products:
I. Laminated Veneer Lumber: Laminated wood veneers with exterior type adhesive. All Laminated
Veneer Lumber shall comply with the following minimum allowable stresses:
a. Allowable bending stress, Fb: 2800 psi
b. Allowable shear stress, Fv: 285 psi
C. Modulus of Elasticity, E: 2,000,000 psi
2. Prefabricated Wood I joists: Stress-graded lumber bonded to APA performance rated panel with
exterior type adhesive; design stresses for use intended.
a. Prefabricated Wood I joists shall be Weyerhauser TJI joists as indicated in the drawings, or
equal. If a substitute product is selected, product information shall be submitted to the
Architect, and must be approved prior to product pruchase.
b. All Prefabricated Wood I joists, stiffeners, and rim boards shall be produced by the same
manufacturer.
D. Construction Panels:
I. Combination Subfloor-Underlayment APA Sturd-I-Floor, Exterior.
2. Wall Sheathing. APA CDX Plywood Sheathing.
3. Roof Sheathing: APA CDX Plywood Sheathing.
4. Plywood Backing Panels: APA C-D Plugged Exposure I with exterior glue,fire-retardant treated.
5. Plywood Underlayment for Resilient Flooring: APA Underlayment Exterior.
6. Plywood Underlayment for Carpet APA Underlayment Exposure I.
E. Plastic Board Sheathing:
I. Material: Extruded polystyrene, ASTM C 578,Type IV.
F. Auxiliary Materials: w
I. Air Infiltration Barrier: Woven polyolefin sheet.
2. Sill Sealer Gaskets: Glass fiber strip resilient insulation.
3. Framing Anchors and Fasteners: Non-corrosive, suitable for load and exposure. Drywall screws
are not acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Wood framing: Comply with recommendations of NFPA Manual for House Framing, NFPA
Recommended Nailing Schedule,and NFPA National Design Specifications for Wood Construction.
B. Plywood: Comply with recommendations of APA Design and Construction Guide - Residential and
.iw
Commercial.
C. Provide nailers, blocking and grounds where required. Set work plumb, level and accurately cut.
D. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.
Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction. Coordinate with other
work.
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-2 +�
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide rough carpentry:
1. Framing with dimension lumber.
2. Framing with engineered wood products.
3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
4. Wood grounds, nailers,and blocking.
5. Wood furring.
6. Backing panels.
7. Sheathing.
8. Subflooring.
9. Underlayment.
10. Air infiltration barrier.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
e A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Lumber Standards and Grade Stamps: U.S. Product Standard PS 20, American Softwood Lumber
Standard and inspection agency grade stamps.
Pill C. Construction Panel Standards: PS 1, U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood;
APA PRP-108.
D. Wood Framing Standards: NFPA House Framing Manual.
I. Exterior Wall Framing: 2 inch by 6 inch nominal (38 mm by 140 mm actual) studs, 16 inches (40
cm) on center.
2. Interior Wall Framing: 2 inch by 4 inch (38 mm by 89 mm actual) studs, 16 inches (40 cm) on
center.
E. Preservative Treatment: AWPA C2 for lumber and AWPA C9 for plywood; waterborne pressure
treatment. Provide for wood in contact with soil, concrete, masonry, roofing, flashing, dampproofing
and waterproofing.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
PM 2.01 MATERIALS
A. Dimension Lumber:
1. Light Framing: No.2 grade.
2. Structural Framing: All structural lumber, including bearing wallls, shear walls, wood joists and
rafters, shall comply with the following minimum allowable stresses:
a. Allowable bending stress, Fb: 1200 psi
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-1
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
I. Bolts and Nuts: Hexagon head type,ASTM A 307, Grade A.
2. Lag Bolts: Square head, FS FF-B-561.
3. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF-S-92.
4. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF-S-I 11.
S. Plain Washers: Round carbon steel, FS FF-W-92.
6. Drilled-In Expansion Anchors: FS FF-S-325.
7. Toggle Bolts: Tumble-wing type, FS FF-B-588.
8. Lock Washers: Spring type carbon steel, FS FF-W-84.
9. Zinc-Coating. Fasteners in exterior assemblies or exterior walls.
C. Auxiliary Materials:
I. Nonshrink Metallic Grout: CE CRD-C621.
2. Nonshrink Nonmetallic Grout: CE CRD-C621.
3. Interior Anchoring Cement: Hydraulic expansion cement. "
4. Exterior/Interior Anchoring Cement: Erosion-resistant hydraulic expansion cement.
5. Shop Primer: Alkyd primer,FS TT-P-645,compatible with topcoats.
6. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC- Paint 20.
7. Bituminous Paint: Asphalt mastic,SSPC- Paint 12.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication. Do not delay job;allow
for cutting and fitting if field measurement not practical. '
B. Form work true to line with sharp angles and edges. Weld continuously,grind flush and make smooth
on exposed surfaces.
C. Install work plumb and level with hairline joints and ground flush welds.
D. Lintels: Provide sizes indicated with 8"bearing at each end.
E. Touch-up damaged coatings with shop primer and galvanize repair paint.
F. Paint items scheduled in accordance with painting section.
w�
END OF SECTION
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-2 �,,
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide the following metal fabrications:
I. Rough hardware.
2. Loose bearing and leveling plates.
3. Loose steel lintels.
4. Downspout boots.
5. Supports for counter tops.
6. Miscellaneous steel items not included under structural steel.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
connections,and relationship with adjacent construction.
I. Shop drawings shall be prepared and stamped by a qualified engineer licensed in the jurisdiction of
the project.
C. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
IF handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Ferrous Materials:
I. Steel Plates,Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36.
2. Rolled Steel Floor Plates: ASTM A 786.
3. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500 or A 501.
4. Uncoated Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A 611 or A 570.
5. Uncoated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366 or A 569.
6, Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G90.
7. Steel Pipe,Black Finish: ASTM A 53.
8. Steel Pipe,Galvanized Finish: ASTM A 53.
9. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615,Grade 60.
10. Brackets, Flanges,and Anchors: Cast or formed metal.
11. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type.
12. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS specifications.
13. Zinc-Coating: Hot-dip galvanized coating for materials in exterior assemblies or exterior walls.
B. Fasteners:
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
I. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld.
Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted.
R In addition to visual inspection,field-welded shear connectors will be inspected and tested according to
the requirements of AWS D 1.1 for stud welding and as follows:
I. Bend tests will be performed when visual inspections reveal either less than a continuous 360-
degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector.
2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors when weld fracture occurs on shear
connectors already tested,according to requirements of AWS D 1.1.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection,clean field welds, bolted connections,and abraded areas
of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas using same material as used for shop painting.
I. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils.
END OF SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-9
PM
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
�s
G. Do not use thermal cutting during erection.
H. Finish sections thermally cut during erection equal to a sheared appearance.
I. Do not enlarge holes in members by burning or by using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged
to admit bolts.
3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS
A. Install and tighten nonhigh-strength bolts,except where high-strength bolts are indicated.
B. Install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's"Specification for Structural Joints Using
ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
C. Install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design
Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
I. Bolts: ASTM A 325 high-strength bolts
2. Connection Type: Slip-critical
D. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D 1.1 for procedures,appearance and quality of welds,and
methods used in correcting welding work.
I. Comply with AISC specifications referenced in this Section for bearing,adequacy of temporary
connections,alignment,and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.
2. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes
without warp.
3. Verify that weld sizes,fabrication sequence,and equipment used for architecturally exposed
structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of back-
side welding on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds 1/2 inch and larger.
Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds.
ww
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field inspections and tests
and to prepare test reports.
I. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether tested Work
complies with or deviates from requirements.
B. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate
do not comply with specified requirements.
C. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense,will be performed to determine compliance of corrected
Work with specified requirements.
D. Field-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural
Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
E. In addition to visual inspection,field-welded connections will be inspected and tested according to AWS
D 1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below,at testing agency's option.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-8
P4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
l
A. Before erection proceeds, and with the steel erector present,verify elevations of concrete and masonry
bearing surfaces and locations of anchorages for compliance with requirements.
PW
B. Do not proceed with erection until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide temporary shores,guys, braces,and other supports during erection to keep structural steel
1 secure,plumb,and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to
design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel,connections,and bracing
are in place,unless otherwise indicated.
I. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in-place
concrete has attained its design compressive strength.
3.3 ERECTION
A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC
specifications referenced in this Section.
B. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials and
roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing
plates.
1. Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges,shims,or setting nuts as required.
2. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not
remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior
to packing with grout.
# 3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Finish exposed
surfaces,protect installed materials,and allow to cure.
a. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for proprietary grout materials.
C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel
Buildings and Bridges."
1. Maintain erection tolerances of architecturally exposed structural steel within AISC's"Code of
Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
D. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently
fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact.
Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
I. Level and plumb individual members of structure.
2. Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating temperature of
structure. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean
temperature at which structure will be when completed and in service.
E. Splice members only where indicated.
F. Remove erection bolts on welded,architecturally exposed structural steel;fill holes with plug welds;
and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-7
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale,and spatter,
slag,or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to SSPC specifications as follows:
1. SSPC-SP 2"Hand Tool Cleaning."
C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation,apply primer according to manufacturer's instructions ,
and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.Use priming
methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners,edges,and exposed surfaces.
I. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts,welds,and sharp edges.
2. Apply 2 coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of
second coat to distinguish it from first.
D. Painting: Apply a I-coat, nonasphaltic primer complying with SSPC's"Painting System Guide No.7.00"
to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.
■s
2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop inspections and tests OR
and to prepare test reports.
I. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether test specimens
comply with or deviate from requirements. on
2. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural steel Work is being fabricated or
produced so required inspection and testing can be accomplished.
am
B. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate
do not comply with specified requirements.
C. Additional testing,at Contractor's expense,will be performed to determine compliance of corrected
Work with specified requirements.
D. Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural
Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
E. In addition to visual inspection,shop-welded connections will be inspected and tested according to
AWS D 1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below,at testing agency's option.
I. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld.
Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted.
F. In addition to visual inspection,shop-welded shear connectors will be inspected and tested according to
requirements of AWS D 1.1 for stud welding and as follows:
I. Bend tests will be performed when visual inspections reveal either less than a continuous 360-
degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector.
2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors when weld fracture occurs on shear
connectors already tested,according to requirements of AWS D 1.1.
3 PART -EXECUTION
ew
3.1 EXAMINATION
an
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-6
40
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
D. Finishing. Accurately mill ends of columns and other members transmitting loads in bearing.
E. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use
automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D 1.1 and manufacturer's
printed instructions.
F. Steel Wall Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel wall framing to be attached
to structural steel framing. Straighten as required to provide uniform,square,and true members in
completed wall framing.
OF
G. Welded Door Frames: Build up welded door frames attached to structural steel framing. Weld
exposed joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug-weld fixed steel bar stops to frames. Secure
removable stops to frames with countersunk,cross-recessed head machine screws,uniformly spaced
not more than 10 inches o.c.,unless otherwise indicated.
H. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing and for passage of
other work through steel framing members,as shown on Shop Drawings.
. Cut, drill,or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame-cut holes or enlarge
holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates.
2. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items as indicated to receive other work.
• 2.5 SHOP CONNECTIONS
A. Shop install and tighten nonhigh-strength bolts,except where high-strength bolts are indicated.
on
B. Shop install and tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's"Specification for Structural Joints Using
ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
I. Bolts: ASTM A 325 high-strength bolts
2. Connection Type: Slip-critical
C. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D 1.1 for procedures,appearance and quality of welds,and
methods used in correcting welding work.
I. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes
without warp.
2. Verify that weld sizes,fabrication sequence,and equipment used for architecturally exposed
structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of back-
side welding on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds 112 inch and larger.
Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds.
2.6 SHOP PRIMING
A. Shop prime steel surfaces, except the following:
I. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a
depth of 2 inches.
2. Surfaces to be field welded.
3. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections.
4. Surfaces to receive sprayed-on fireproofing.
5. Galvanized surfaces.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-5
am
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
2. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959,Type 325.
a. Finish: Plain, uncoated.
G. Shear Connectors: A STM A 108, Grade 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type,cold-finished carbon
steel,AWS D1.1,Type B.
H. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.
A
2.2 PRIMER
A. Primer: Fast-curing,lead-and chromate-free,universal modified-alkyd primer with good resistance to
normal atmospheric corrosion, complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P-664.
B. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25; red iron oxide,zinc oxide, raw linseed oil and alkyd primer.
w
2.3 GROUT
A. Nonmetallic,Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive,nonstaining grout
containing selected silica sands,portland cement,shrinkage compensating agents,plasticizing and water-
reducing agents,complying with ASTM C 1107,of consistency suitable for application,and a 30-minute
working time.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate and assemble structural steel in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate structural steel
according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section and in Shop Drawings.
I. Camber structural steel members where indicated.
2. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6 and maintain markings until steel
has been erected.
3. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly.
4. Fabricate for delivery a sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of
structural steel.
5. Complete structural steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop-priming
operations.
6. Comply with fabrication tolerance limits of AISC's"Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings
and Bridges"for structural steel.
B. Fabricate architecturally exposed structural steel with exposed surfaces smooth,square,and free of
surface blemishes,including pitting, rust and scale seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names,and
roughness.
I. Remove blemishes by filling,grinding,or by welding and grinding,prior to cleaning,treating,and
shop priming.
2. Comply with fabrication requirements, including tolerance limits,of AISC's "Code of Standard
Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges"for architecturally exposed structural steel.
C. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible.
I. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver structural steel to Project site in such quantities and at such times to ensure continuity of
installation.
OW B. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground
by using pallets,platforms,or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from
erosion and deterioration.
I. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or
` rusty before use.
2. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to
members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as
directed.
1.7 SEQUENCING
A. Supply anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the
Work. Provide setting diagrams,templates, instructions,and directions,as required,for installation.
2 PART -PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates,and Bars: As follows:
1. Carbon Steel: ASTM A 36 for plates,angles,and channels.
2. High-Strength,Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steel: ASTM A 992 Grade 50 for all wide flange
sections.
B. Cold-Formed Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500,Grade B.
C. Hot-Formed Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A 501.
D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53,Type E or S, Grade B.
I. Weight Class: Standard. (as noted)
2. Weight Class: Extra strong. (as noted)
3. Weight Class: Double-extra strong. (as noted)
4. Finish: Black.
E. Anchor Rods, Bolts,Nuts,and Washers: As follows:
1. Headed Bolts: ASTM A 325,Type 1,heavy hex steel structural bolts and heavy hex carbon-steel
nuts.
2. Washers: ASTM A 36.
F. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts,and Washers: ASTM A 325 Type 1,heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy
hex carbon-steel nuts,and hardened carbon-steel washers.
I. Finish: Plain,uncoated.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120- 3
..
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering am
D. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the"Quality Assurance"Article to demonstrate
their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, OR
names and addresses of architects and owners,and other information specified.
E. Mill test reports signed by manufacturers certifying that their products, including the following,comply so
with requirements.
I. Structural steel, including chemical and physical properties.
2. Bolts, nuts,and washers,including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. no
3. Direct-tension indicators.
4. Sheer stud connectors.
5. Shop primers. ,
6. Nonshrink grout.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed structural steel work
similar in material, design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful
in-service performance.
B. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in fabricating structural steel similar to that
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance,as well as sufficient
production capacity to fabricate structural steel without delaying the Work.
I. Fabricator must participate in the AISC Quality Certification Program and be designated an
AISC-Certified Plant as follows:
a. Category: Category I,conventional steel structures.
C. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:
I. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design."
2. AISC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design (LFRD) Specification for Structural Steel Buildings."
3. AISC's "Specification for Allowable Stress Design of Single-Angle Members."
4. AISC's "Specification for Load and Resistance Factor Design of Single-Angle Members."
5. AISC's"Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings."
6. ASTM A 6 (ASTM A 6M) "Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates,Shapes,
Sheet Piling,and Bars for Structural Use."
7. Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Specification for Structural Joints Using
ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
8. Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Load and Resistance Factor Design
Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
w�
D. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally authorized to practice in the
jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the
kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for projects with structural steel
framing that are similar to that indicated for this Project in material, design,and extent.
E. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D 1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel."
w�
I. Present evidence that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding
processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-2
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
go
SECTION 05120-STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
�u A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes structural steel.
B. This Section includes structural steel and architecturally exposed structural steel.
C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
1. Division I Section"Quality Control"for independent testing agency procedures and
administrative requirements.
2. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications"for loose steel bearing plates and miscellaneous steel
framing.
3. Division 9 Section "Painting"for surface preparation and priming requirements.
op
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
4M A. Structural Performance: Engineer structural steel connections if altered from the Contract Documents
to be completed by the fabricator to withstand design loadings indicated. Any changes to the Contract
Document connections must be approved by the Structural Engineer of Record.
B. Engineering Responsibility: Engage a fabricator who utilizes a qualified professional engineer to prepare
calculations,Shop Drawings,and other structural data for structural steel connections, altered from the
Contract Documents.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division I
Specification Sections.
B. Product Data for each type of product specified.
C. Shop Drawings detailing fabrication of structural steel components.
I. Include details of cuts,connections,splices, camber, holes,and other pertinent data.
2. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols,distinguishing between shop and field welds,and show
size, length,and type of each weld.
3. Indicate type,size,and length of bolts,distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify high-
strength bolted slip-critical, direct-tension,or tensioned shear/bearing connections.
4. Include Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer responsible for their
preparation.
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120- 1
ow
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project go
I. Mortar Mix: ASTM C 270,Type S,for reinforced masonry, masonry below grade and masonry in
contact with earth and ASTM C 270, Type N, for above-grade loadbearing and nonloadbearing
walls and parapet walls and for interior loadbearing and nonloadbearing partitions.
2. Mortar Materials: Ready mixed,ASTM C 207,Type S.
3. Mortar Aggregate: Special color,ASTM C 144.
4. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207,Type S.
5. Color: Colored pigmented mortar where exposed at building exterior and natural color
elsewhere,as selected by Architect.
D. Reinforcing: Welded wire with deformed side rods.
I. Steel Wire: 9 gauge (.1875 inch)galvanized steel.
2. Type: Ladder or truss type.
E. Ties and Anchors: w.
I. Adjustable Masonry Veneer Anchors: Screw-attached two-piece galvanized triangular or
rectangular wire tie and metal anchor.
2. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307,Grade A,galvanized.
3. Post-installed Anchors: Chemical or expansion anchors.
F. Masonry Accessories:
I. Nonmetallic expansion joint strips.
2. Preformed control joint gaskets.
3. Bond breaker strips.
4. Plastic tubing for weeps. w®
5. Cotton sash cord for weeps.
6. Open head-joint weeps.
7. Cavity vents.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Installation of Masonry Assemblies:
I. Comply with PCA Recommended Practices for Laying Concrete Block, Brick Institute of America
BIA Tech Notes and NCMA TEK Bulletins.
2. Comply with cold weather and warm weather protection procedures as recommended in BIA
Tech Notes.
3. Provide fire-rated assemblies complying with ASTM E 119.
4. Sawcut units when required. Maintain uniform joint width. Provide full bed, head and collar
joints except at weepholes.
5. Install lintels and accessories in masonry construction.
6. Coordinate installation of flashings.
7. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for spacing of ties and horizontal reinforcing.
8. Provide expansion and control joints in accordance with BIA and NCMA recommendations.
9. Remove and replace damaged units.
10. Clean brick using bucket and brush method, BIA Tech Note 20.
END OF SECTION
UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04800-2 ..
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
ow
SECTION 04800
UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide unit masonry construction:
I. Brick veneer on sheathing and wood studs.
2. Precast concrete window sills built into masonry walls.
3. Pigmented mortar.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and
product used.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction,
connections,and relationship with adjacent construction.
I. Shop drawings shall be prepared and stamped by a qualified engineer licensed in the jurisdiction of
- the project.
C. Samples: Submit two representative samples of each material specified indicating visual characteristics
and finish. Include range samples if variation of finish is anticipated.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Performance for Fire-Rated Brick and Concrete Block Assemblies: ASTM E 119.
B. Testing: Independent Testing Laboratory.
C. Mock-Ups: Provide mock-up as required to demonstrate quality of workmanship.
D. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver,
handle,and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
an PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Face Brick:
I. Manufacturers: Redland Brick, Rocky Ridge, MD.
2. Name: Middle Plantation
3. Size: MOD,nominal standard, 3-5/8 inches thick by 2-1/4 inches high by 8 inches long.
4. Grade: ASTM C 216,Grade SW,severe weathering type for areas subject to freeze-thaw.
5. Type: ASTM C 216, Type FBA, for special architectural effects resulting from nonuniformity in
individual units.
6. Bond Pattern: Running bond and special pattern as indicated.
B. Precast Concrete Trim Units:
I. Grade and Color: Standard,custom color as selected by Architect.
2. Finish: Smooth.
C. Mortar and Grout for Brick Masonry Unit Assemblies:
ow UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04800-1
on
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
C. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders,
Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-
place concrete.
D. Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive
compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-
strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
E. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect,concrete manufacturer,and Contractor within 48
hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and
number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of
concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days,concrete mix proportions and
materials,compressive breaking strength,and type of break for both 7-and 28-day tests.
F. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer,sonoscope,or other nondestructive device may be permitted
by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete.
G. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results
indicate that slump,air entrainment,compressive strengths,or other requirements have not been met,
as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of ,s,R
concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by Architect.
END OF SECTION 03300
w�
w
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 16
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
•
6. Repair defective areas,except random cracks and single holes I inch or less in diameter,by
cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean,square cuts
+ and expose steel reinforcement with at least 314-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete
surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent Mix patching concrete of
same materials and mix as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact,
and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.
7. Repair random cracks and single holes I inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove
top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust,dirt,and loose particles.
Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent Place patching mortar before
t! bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep
patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
E. Perform structural repairs of concrete,subject to Architect's approval,using epoxy adhesive and
patching mortar.
F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used,subject to Architect's approval.
3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample
materials, perform tests,and submit test reports during concrete placement Sampling and testing for
quality control may include those specified in this Article.
B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172
shall be performed according to the following requirements:
I. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix
exceeding 5 cu.yd.,but less than 25 cu.yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu.yd.or fraction
thereof.
2. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample,but not less
than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional tests when concrete
consistency appears to change.
3. Air Content: ASTM C 231,pressure method,for normal-weight concrete;ASTM C 173,
volumetric method,for structural lightweight concrete;one test for each composite sample,but
not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix.
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064;one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and
below and when 80 deg F and above,and one test for each composite sample.
5. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567,fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete;one test for
each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix.
6. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31 M;cast and laboratory cure one set of four
standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
a. Cast and field cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite
sample.
7. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39;test two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and
two at 28 days.
a. Test two field-cured specimens at 7 days and two at 28 days.
b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from two
specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 15
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
I. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least six months. Do not fill joints until construction
traffic has permanently ceased.
..a
B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds,and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint
clean and dry.
C. Install semirigid epoxy joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints.
Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.
no
3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and
replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.
B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar,consisting of one part portland cement to two and
one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve,using only enough water for handling and placing.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities,cracks,spalls,air
bubbles,honeycombs, rock pockets,fins and other projections on the surface,and stains and other
discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
I. Immediately after form removal,cut out honeycombs, rock pockets,and voids more than 1/2
inch in any dimension in solid concrete but not less than I inch in depth. Make edges of cuts
perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean,dampen with water,and brush-coat holes and voids
with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill
form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard
portland cement so that,when dry,patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test
area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with
patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural
performance as determined by Architect
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces,such as floors and slabs,for finish and verify
surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain
for trueness of slope and smoothness;use a sloped template.
w�a
I. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts,honeycombs,
rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement
or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width,and other objectionable
conditions.
2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.
3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations
by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into
adjacent concrete.
4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment.
Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written .�
instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane,and level surface. Feather edges to match
adjacent floor elevations.
5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas
to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations.
Prepare, mix,and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written
instructions to produce a smooth,uniform,plane,and level surface.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 14
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
I. Immediately after float finishing,slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle
broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect
before application.
G. Slip-Resistive Aggregate Finish: Before final floating,apply slip-resistive aggregate finish where indicated
and to concrete stair treads, platforms,and ramps. Apply according to manufacturer's written
" instructions and as follows:
I. Uniformly spread 25 Ib/100 sq.ft.of dampened slip-resistive aggregate over surface in one or
two applications. Tamp aggregate flush with surface, but do not force below surface.
2. After broadcasting and tamping,apply float finish.
3. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone,and water to
expose slip-resistive aggregate.
3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures,unless otherwise indicated,after work of
other trades is in place. Mix,place,and cure concrete,as specified,to blend with in-place construction.
Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete Work.
B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by
steel-troweling surfaces to a hard,dense finish with corners,intersections,and terminations slightly
rounded.
C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on
Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations,complying with diagrams
or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment.
+! 3.13 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with recommendations in ACI
305R for hot-weather protection during curing.
B. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams,supported slabs,and
so other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If
removing forms before end of curing period,continue curing by one or a combination of the following
methods:
C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces,
including floors and slabs,concrete floor toppings,and other surfaces, by one or a combination of the
following methods:
I. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the
following materials:
a. Water.
3.14 JOINT FILLING
A. Prepare, clean,and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Pill
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 13
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls,horizontal offsets,and similar unformed surfaces adjacent
to formed surfaces,strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces.
Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces,unless
otherwise indicated.
3.11 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS
A. General: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1 R for screeding, restraightening,and finishing "10�
operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic,texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull-floated or �.
darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms,or rakes.
I. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or
mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile,portland cement terrazzo,and other bonded
cementitious floor finishes.
C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface by hand floating. Restraighten, cut down high spots,and fill low spots. w
Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform,smooth,granular texture.
I. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab
surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing,
or sand-bed terrazzo.
D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish,apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or
power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks
and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through
applied coatings or floor coverings.
I. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to
be covered with resilient flooring, carpet,ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane,
paint,or another thin film-finish coating system.
2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, measured within 24 hours according to ASTM E
1155/E 1155M for a randomly trafficked floor surface:
a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 25; and levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local
values of flatness, F(F) 17;and levelness, F(L) 15.
3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled
freestanding 10-foot-long straightedge, resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the
surface, does not exceed the following:
an
a. 1/4 inch.
E. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish,stopping after second troweling,to
surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or
thin-set method. Immediately after second troweling,and when concrete is still plastic,slightly scarify
surface with a fine broom.
F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms,steps,and ramps,and elsewhere as
indicated.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 12
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
I. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around
reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.
3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.
4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.
S. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface
plane,free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface.
Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.
G. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from
physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost,freezing actions,or low
temperatures.
I. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water
and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F
and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on
frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride,salt,or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
accelerators, unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs.
H. Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R and as follows,
when hot-weather conditions exist:
I. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of
placement Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided
water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to
cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed
ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.
3. Fog-spray forms,steel reinforcement,and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade
moisture uniform without standing water,soft spots,or dry areas.
3.10 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and
defective areas repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections exceeding ACI 347R limits for
class of surface specified.
wr
B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material,arranged in an
orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective
areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch in height.
I. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering
material applied directly to concrete,such as waterproofing, dampproofing,veneer plaster, or
painting.
2. Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth-formed finish.
C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed finished concrete:
I. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces
and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and
texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 11
ON
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
I. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction
joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip
placements of floors and slabs.
2. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially
hardened concrete surfaces.
C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints,sectioning concrete
into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of
concrete thickness,as follows:
wn
I. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or
diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not
tear,abrade,or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction
cracks.
2. Division 7 Section"Joint Sealants,"are indicated.
3.8 WATERSTOPS
A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints as indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install
in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work.
Field-fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.9 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete,verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement,and embedded items is
complete and that required inspections have been performed.
B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery,at Project site,or during placement, unless approved by
Architect.
C. Before placing concrete,water may be added at Project site,subject to limitations of ACI 301.
aw
I. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mix.
D. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on
concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed
continuously,provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
E. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid
inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic,to avoid cold joints.
1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and
procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R.
2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators
vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator.
Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into proceeding layer. Do
not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each
insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete
embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to
segregate.
F. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation,within limits of
construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 10
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
D. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance,and tighten to close joints. Align and
secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless
approved by Architect.
3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES
A. Comply with ACI 318,ACI 301,and recommendations in ACI 347R for design, installation,and removal
of shoring and reshoring.
B. In multistory construction,extend shoring or reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute
loads in such a manner that no floor or member will be excessively loaded or will induce tensile stress
in concrete members without sufficient steel reinforcement.
0
C. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide
adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection.
3.5 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Vapor Retarder: Place,protect,and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
3.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice"for placing reinforcement.
„ I. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing
concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale,earth,ice, and other foreign materials.
C. Accurately position,support,and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support
reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing
reinforcing bars.
I. Shop-or field-weld reinforcement according to AWS D 1.4,where indicated.
D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Install welded wire fabric in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap
edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to
prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire.
3.7 JOINTS
A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired,at locations
r indicated or as approved by Architect.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-9
s
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
40
G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is
inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of
concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. *"*
H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. Coordinate chamfer locations
with architectural drawings.
I. Form openings, chases,offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds,and bulkheads required in
the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.
ws
J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips,wood,sawdust, dirt,and other
debris just before placing concrete.
K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required,to prevent mortar leaks and maintain
proper alignment.
L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent,according to manufacturer's written
instructions, before placing reinforcement.
3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is
attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings,templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
1. Install anchor bolts,accurately located,to elevations required. r�
2. Install reglets to receive top edge of foundation sheet waterproofing and to receive through-wall
flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls,where flashing is shown at lintels,shelf
angles,and other conditions.
3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated.
3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
A. General: Formwork,for sides of beams,walls,columns,and similar parts of the Work,that does not
support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24
hours after placing concrete provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal
operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained.
B. Leave formwork,for beam soffits,joists,slabs,and other structural elements,that supports weight of �.
concrete in place until concrete has achieved the following.
I. 28-day design compressive strength.
2. Determine compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing representative field-or ■*
laboratory-cured test specimens according to ACI 301.
3. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening
or disturbing shores.
C. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split,frayed, delaminated, or otherwise
damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release
agent.
�r
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-8
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
I. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement
J. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
I. Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in
concrete,as required,for placement and workability.
2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity,
or other adverse placement conditions.
2.11 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice."
2.12 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch,mix,and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94 and ASTM
C 1 1 16,and furnish batch ticket information.
I. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2
hours to 75 minutes;when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to
60 minutes.
3PART -EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK
A. Design, erect,shore,brace,and maintain formwork,according to ACI 301,to support vertical, lateral,
static,and dynamic loads,and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can
support such loads.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size,shape,alignment,elevation, and
position indicated,within tolerance limits of ACI 117.
C. Limit concrete surface irregularities,designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual,as follows:
I. Class A, 1/8-inch.
D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush
w or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined
surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to I vertical. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets,
recesses,and the like,for easy removal.
1. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.
F. Set edge forms, bulkheads,and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and
slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips;use strike-off
templates or compacting-type screeds.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-7
am
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
u.
C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059,Type II, non-redispersible,acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene.
D. Epoxy-Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881,two-component epoxy resin,capable of humid curing and
bonding to damp surfaces,of class and grade to suit requirements, and as follows:
I. Type II, non-load bearing,for bonding freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete.
2. Types I and 11, non-load bearing,for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened
concrete.
3. Types IV and V, load bearing,for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened
concrete.
E. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch-thick galvanized steel sheet. Temporarily fill or
cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.
F. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch thick,with bent tab
anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.
2.10 CONCRETE MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix
or field test data bases,as follows:
1. Proportion normal-weight concrete according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301.
B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for the
laboratory trial mix basis.
C. Footings and Foundation Walls: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows:
I. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3000 psi. �*
2. Maximum Slump: 4 inches.
3. Maximum water-cementous material ratio:0.50
D. Slab-on-Grade and Upper Level Slabs: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows:
I. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4000 psi.
2. Maximum Slump: 4 inches. "
3. Maximum water-cementitious materials ratio: 0.45
E. Cementitious Materials: For concrete exposed to deicers,limit percentage, by weight,of cementitious
materials other than portland cement according to ACI 301 requirements.
F. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45 for concrete exposed to deicers or subject to
freezing and thawing while moist.
G. Air Content: Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at
point of placement having an air content as follows within a tolerance of plus I or minus 1.5 percent,
unless otherwise indicated:
I. Air Content: 6 percent
H. Do not air entrain concrete to trowel-finished interior floors and suspended slabs. Do not allow
entrapped air content to exceed 3 percent.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-6
on
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble
chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and
cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride.
B. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
C. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type A.
2.6 WATERSTOPS
A. Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD-C 572,for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids
through joints. Factory fabricate corners,intersections,and directional changes.
I. Profile: Ribbed without center bulb.
B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products
that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following:
C. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following:
I. PVC Waterstops:
�w a. Greenstreak.
b. Meadows: W. R. Meadows,Inc.
C. Murphy: Paul Murphy Plastics Co.
w
d. Progress Unlimited Inc.
e. Sternson Group.
f. Tamms Industries Co.; Div.of LaPorte Construction Chemicals North America, Inc.
g. Vinylex Corporation.
h. Westec Barrier Technologies; Div.of Western Textile Products, Inc.
2.7 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class C,of one of the following materials; or polyethylene sheet,ASTM
D 4397,not less than 10 mils thick:
I. Nonwoven,polyester-reinforced, polyethylene coated sheet; 10 mils thick.
2. Three-ply,nylon-or polyester-cord-reinforced,laminated, high-density polyethylene sheet;7.8
mils thick.
2.8 CURING MATERIALS
A. Water: Potable.
2.9 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber.
B. Epoxy Joint Filler: Two-component,semirigid, 100 percent solids,epoxy resin with a Shore A hardness
of 80 per ASTM D 2240.
PW
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
w
H. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties
designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on "!■
removal.
I. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than I inch to the plane of the exposed
concrete surface.
2. Furnish ties that,when removed,will leave holes not larger than I inch in diameter in concrete
surface.
3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or
waterproofing.
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 6ISM,Grade 60, deformed.
B. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185,fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets.
2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Bar Supports: Bolsters,chairs,spacers,and other devices for spacing,supporting,and fastening
reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's"Manual *E
of Standard Practice"from steel wire,plastic,or precast concrete or fiber-reinforced concrete of
greater compressive strength than concrete,and as follows:
I. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI
Class I plastic-protected or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.
B. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain-steel bars,ASTM A 615/A 6ISM, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends
square and free of burrs.
4"
2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type 11.
B. Blended Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C 595M,Type IP, pordand-pozzolan cement.
C. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded,and as follows:
I. Class: Moderate weathering region, but not less than 3M.
2. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch unless otherwise indicated.
3. Combined Aggregate Gradation: Well graded from coarsest to finest with not more than 18
percent and not less than 8 percent retained on an individual sieve,except that less than 8
percent may be retained on coarsest sieve and on No. 50 sieve,and less than 8 percent may be
retained on sieves finer than No. 50.
D. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94.
2.5 ADMIXTURES
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4
F*
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
40
E. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the
same manufacturer's plant,each aggregate from one source,and each admixture from the same
manufacturer.
F. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D 1.4,"Structural Welding Code--
Reinforcing Steel."
G. ACI Publications: Comply with the following,unless more stringent provisions are indicated:
I. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete."
2. ACI 117,"Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver,store,and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.
I. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement.
2. Repair damaged epoxy coatings on steel reinforcement according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M.
2PART -PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS
A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous,true,and smooth
concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.
I. Plywood, metal,or other approved panel materials.
2. Exterior-grade plywood panels,suitable for concrete forms,complying with DOC PS 1,and as
follows:
a. High-density overlay,Class 1,or better.
B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber,metal,or another approved material. Provide
lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals,and Supports: Metal,glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper,or
fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified
formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads
on without detrimental deformation.
D. Pan-Type Forms: Glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or formed steel,stiffened to resist plastic concrete loads
without detrimental deformation.
E. Void Forms: Biodegradable paper surface,treated for moisture resistance,structurally sufficient to
w
support weight of plastic concrete and other superimposed loads.
F. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum.
G. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with,stain,or
adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
I. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
I. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork,shoring
removal,and installing and removing reshoring.
E. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel.
F. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for
compliance of the following with requirements indicated,based on comprehensive testing of current
materials:
G. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with
requirements:
I. Cementitious materials and aggregates.
2. Form materials and form-release agents.
3. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories.
4. Fiber reinforcement.
S. Admixtures.
6. Waterstops.
7. Curing materials.
8. Floor and slab treatments.
9. Bonding agents.
10. Adhesives.
11. Vapor retarders.
12. Epoxy joint filler.
13. Joint-filler strips.
14. Repair materials.
H. Minutes of preinstallation conference.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material,
design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a
record of successful in-service performance.
B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in
jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the
kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for formwork and shoring and
reshoring installations that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material,design,and extent.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products
complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment
I. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's
Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities.
D. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency,acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction,qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated,as
documented according to ASTM E 548.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician,
Grade 1,according to ACI CP-I or an equivalent certification program.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2
Pill
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project Johnson and Seaman Engineering
SECTION 03300-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Fill
WART -GENERAL
I.I RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork,reinforcement, concrete materials, mix
design, placement procedures,and finishes.
B. Related Sections include the following:
I. Division 2 Section"Earthwork"for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade.
2. Division 2 Section "Cement Concrete Pavement"for concrete pavement and walks.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended
hydraulic cement,fly ash and other pozzolans,ground granulated blast-furnace slag,and silica fume.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated.
Pill B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials,
project conditions,weather,test results,or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
I. Indicate amounts of mix water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.
01111 2. Indicate constituent quantities per cubic yard,water-cementitious materials ratio, concrete slump,
type and manufacturer of cement.
3. Compression test results for proposed mixes. Include standard deviation data for each proposed
concrete mix based on statistical records when available. If historical data is not available,
provide curve of water-cementitious materials ratio versus concrete cylinder strength for each
formulation of concrete proposed based on laboratory tests. The cylinder strength shall be the
average of the 28-day cylinder strength test results for each mix. Each curve should have a
me minimum of 4 average cylinder strength test results.
C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication,bending,and placement,prepared according
to ACI 315,"Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Include material,grade,bar schedules,
stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams,arrangement,and supports of concrete reinforcement. Include
special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures.
W D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer
detailing fabrication,assembly,and support of formwork. Design and engineering of formwork are
Contractor's responsibility.
an
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
tent and meaning of the drawings and specifications. All parts necessary for the proper
and complete execution of the work,whether the same may have been specifically men-
tioned or not, or indicated on the drawings, shall be done or furnished in a manner corre-
sponding with the rest of the work as if the same were specifically herein described.
B. The workmanship shall be first-class in every respect and neat in appearance. All work
shall meet the requirements of applicable federal, state and local codes,the National High
School Federation, and the U.S.Tennis Court and Track Builders Association and other au-
thorities having jurisdiction over the work.
C. All excavation and backfill operations shall conform to the details shown on the drawings
and the applicable provisions specified under Excavating, Filling and Grading, Section
02200.
D. Special Conditions
4" Work shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. Other trades shall be
consulted in advance so that proper provisions may be made for installation of their work
and so that the work of this Section may be properly finished and connected to the work of
other trades.
E. Clean-up- Site shall be left free of all debris and in a clean, orderly manner.
END OF SECTION
SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02950- 3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
All architectural coatings shall comply with the National Volatile Compound Emission
Standards for Architectural Coatings, (EPA 40 CFR Part 59, as published in the Friday, ..
September 11, 1998 Federal Register). Architectural coatings are defined as: "a coating
recommended for field application to stationary structures and their appurtenances,to
portable buildings,to pavements, or to curbs."
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 BIKE RACKS
A. Bike rack shall be Model BL 100N as manufactured by Wabash Valley, PO Box 5, Silver-
lake, IN 46982, (219) 352-2102. Color: black. Quantity: as shown on plans. Spacing and
installation: as per manufacturer's instructions.
.w
2.02 TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNS
A. All traffic control signs shall conform to MHD Standard Specifications. •u
B. Handicap parking signs and pavement markings shall be as per ADA and Mass Barrier Ac-
cess Board latest codes and standards.
2.03 WOOD DUMPSTER SCREEN
A. Wood dumpster screen shall be constructed of first grade cedar as shown on detail. 6"x 6"
posts shall be cedar. All hardware to be galvanized with black painted epoxy finish, 2 coats
minimum. ..,
B. Corner posts and gateposts shall be 6"x 6"cedar with cedar cap.
C. Shop drawings and hardware shall be submitted to landscape architect for approval.
2.04 PARKING LOT LIGHTS, POLES AND BOLLARD
A. Parking lot luminaries, poles and bollard shall be as shown on plans. Parking lot luminaries
shall be Holophane Granville Type III distribution catalog#GV100HPOOSB3NX, Holophane
Granville Type V distribution catalog#GV100HPOOSB5NX. 10' poles shall be Bradford Se-
ries poles catalog#BF10F5/20-CA/BK. Bollard shall be Hamilton Series lighted bollard '®
catalog#BOL/H46/10/LW-CA-BK/S-50.All luminaries, poles and bollards are available
from Holophane Lighting, 20 Francine Road, Framingham, MA 01701. Phone 508-544-
1570.All wiring and electrical installation shall be as shown on electrical plans. .,
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General
The work related to each of the site improvement items shall be fabricated, constructed
and finished in every respect in a good, workmanlike and substantial manner, to the full in-
SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02950-2 ..t
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
SECTION 02950
SITE IMPROVEMENTS
e .
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Attention is called to the requirements of the printed Form of Contract and to Division 1 -General
Requirements, of which this section is hereby made a part.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and perform all operations necessary for completion
of the work of this section as shown on the Drawings, as herein specified and as evidently
required to properly complete the following items:
1. Bike Racks
2. Signage
3. Wood Dumpster Screen
4. Parking Lot Lights, Poles and Bollard
1.03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE
A. Cast-in-place Concrete...........................................................Section 03300
B. Bituminous Concrete..............................................................Section 02600
C. Metal Fabrication....................................................................Section 05500
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Forty-five days prior to installation and before any site furnishings are delivered to the job
site, submit samples, specification cuts or shop and erection drawings for all items in Sec-
tion 02950 indicating materials size and weight of steel, number, location and type of con-
nection, welding sequence and hardware.
B. Product literature/specifications cuts required:
1. All items listed in 1.02 above
1.05 REFERENCES
A. ASTM Standards
1. A307-Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners
2. A424-Steel Sheet for Porcelain Enameling
3. A500-Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round
and Shapes
4. 8209-Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate
1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OF MATERIALS
A. Architectural Coatings
SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02950- 1
�r
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
3.08 ACCEPTANCE IN PART
A. The work may be accepted in parts when it is deemed to be in the Owner's best interest to
do so and when approval is given to the Contractor in writing to complete the work in parts.
Acceptance and use of such areas by the Owner shall not waive any other provisions of
this Contract.
3.09 CLEANUP
r A. When any of this work is done while buildings are occupied, pavements shall be kept clear
at all times, broom cleaned to prevent tracking dirt into buildings.
B. After completion of all planting operations, dispose of all debris and excess material to the
satisfaction of the Landscape Architect. All pavements shall be broomed and hosed clean.
3.10 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. At the end of the guarantee period, the Landscape Architect will inspect all guaranteed
work for the Final Acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be
received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date for final inspection.
B. Upon completion and re-inspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgement of
the Landscape Architect at that time, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the
Final Acceptance of the project.
END OF SECTION
SEEDING 02850-7
air
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group go
ballast roller. Extreme care shall be taken during seeding and raking to insure that no
change shall occur in the finished grades and that the seed is not raked from one spot to
another. Hydro-seeding is an acceptable manner of seeding, providing the Contractor cer-
tifies in writing that the hydro-seed fertilizer mix is as herein specified and applied at the
equivalent rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet.
C. Seed all conservation areas with specified conservation seed, sowing evenly with an ap-
proved mechanical seeder at the rate of 2 pounds per 1,000 square feet. Spread seed
when soil is moist.The seeded ground shall be lightly raked and rolled in two directions
with a water ballast roller. Extreme care shall be taken during seeding and raking to insure
that no change shall occur in the finished grades and that the seed is not raked from one
spot to another.
D. Promptly after seeding, wet the seed bed thoroughly, keeping all areas moist throughout
the germination period.
E. Mulch shall be placed immediately after seeding. Hay that has been thoroughly fluffed
shall be spread evenly and uniformly at the rate of two to three tons per acre. Lumps and
thick mulch materials shall be thinned. All mulch anchor stakes, strings and matting shall
be removed before final acceptance of lawns. •
F. Take whatever measures are necessary to protect the seeded area while it is germinating.
These measures shall include furnishing warnings signs, barriers, and other needed
measures of protection.
3.06 MAINTENANCE
wX
A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after seeding operations and shall continue until Ac-
ceptance or for a minimum of 60 days,whichever is longer.
B. Maintenance of seed areas shall consist of watering, weeding, curing, repair of all erosion,
and reseeding as necessary to establish a uniform stand of grass. Lawns shall be watered
in a satisfactory manner during and immediately after planting, and not less than twice per
week until final acceptance. All areas which fail to show a uniform stand of grass for any w
reason shall be reseeded repeatedly until a uniform stand is attained. Scattered bare
spots,evenly distributed and not exceeding 8"square of any lawn area will be allowed at
the discretion of the Landscape Architect.
At the time of the first cutting, there shall be a uniform stand between 3 and 3-1/2"high,
and mower blades shall be set between 2-1/2"and 3"high. Catch shall be representative
of seed specified.
C. Owner will supply water. Contractor shall supply all necessary equipment such as hoses
and sprinklers and shall be responsible for watering operations.
3.07 ACCEPTANCE
A. The Landscape Architect shall inspect all work for Acceptance upon written request of the
Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated
date of inspection. Upon completion and re-inspection of all repairs or renewals necessary
in the judgement of the Landscape Architect, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as
to the Acceptance of the work.
SEEDING 02850- 6
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies
have been fully resolved.
3.02 FINISH GRADE PREPARATION
A. Topsoil shall not be worked in a frozen or muddy condition.
B. Topsoil shall be spread over approved areas to a depth sufficiently greater than 6" in "loam
and seed" lawn areas so that after natural settlement and light rolling,the completed work
will conform to the lines, grades, and elevations indicated. If excess topsoil exists,topsoil
shall be spread a maximum of 8"deep on lawn areas.
D. After topsoil has been spread in approved areas, it shall be carefully prepared by scarifying
or harrowing, and stones over one half inch in diameter shall be removed from the topsoil.
It shall be free of roots and smaller stones in excessive quantities,as determined by the
Landscape Architect.
E. The whole surface shall then be rolled with a roller which weighs not more than 100
pounds per foot of width. During the rolling, all depressions caused by settlement of rolling
shall be filled with additional topsoil, and the surface shall be regraded and rolled until pre-
senting a smooth and even finish to the required grade.
3.04 SEED BED PREPARATION
A. After the areas to be seeded have been brought to the grades specified, spread limestone
at a rate of 100 pounds per 1,000 square feet.
B. Apply the 18-26-12 fertilizer at a rate of 5 pounds per 1,000 square feet within 10 days
prior to seeding. Thoroughly and evenly incorporate fertilizer and lime with the soil to a
depth of 3"by discing or other approved method. In areas inaccessible to power equip-
ment, use hand tools. Adjacent to trees and shrubs, use hand tools to avoid disturbances
of the roots.
C. The Seeding Contractor shall reconstitute the soil, as may be recommended by a soil test-
ing agency, prior to use as planting soil. Any deficiencies in the topsoil shall be corrected
by the Contractor, as recommended, at no expense to the Owner.
D. After incorporation of fertilizer and lime into the soil,the seed bed shall be fine graded to
remove all ridges and depressions and the surface cleared of all debris and of all stones
one half inch or more in diameter.
3.05 SEEDING
A. Immediately before seeding,the ground shall be restored, as necessary,to a loose friable
condition by dicing or other approved method to a depth of not less than 2". The surface
shall be cleared of all roots, debris and of all stones 1/2" or more in diameter.
B. Seed all grass areas with specified grass seed, sowing evenly with an approved mechani-
cal seeder at the rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet. Sow 3 pounds per 1,000 square
feet in one direction and 3 pounds per 1,000 square feet at right angles to the first seeding.
Spread seed when soil is moist. Cultipacker, or approved similar equipment, may be used
to cover the seed and to firm the seed bed in one operation. In areas inaccessible to culti-
packer, the seeded ground shall be lightly raked and rolled in two directions with a water
SEEDING 02850- 5
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
site was a pine forest up until this past year. Provide lime applications as necessary to
bring the soil pH to the proper level. More than one application may be required.
2.04 GRASS SEED
A. General-All grass seed shall be:
1. Free from noxious weed seeds and recleaned.
2. Grade A recent crop seed.
3. Treated with appropriate fungicide at time of mixing.
4. Delivered to the site in sealed containers with dealer's guaranteed analysis.
B. Seed Mix Proportions by Weight
% by Weight Seed % Puri % Germination
10% Baron Bluegrass 90% 75%
10% Flyking Bluegrass 85% 75%
40% Illahee Red Fescue* 98% 90%
5% Annual Ryegrass 98% 90%
35% Manhattan II Per Rye* 98% 90%
*denotes seed mixture containing active endophytes ,
Weed seed content shall not exceed 0.25%. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed will be
rejected.
C. Temporary Erosion Control
Percent by Percent of Percent .s
Weight Seed Purity Germination
4% Creeping Red Fescue 98% 90%
3% Perennial Ryegrass 98% 90% ..
3% Clover, Red
90% Winter Rye
PART 3.00- EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection
1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other
trades, and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation
may properly commence. .■+
2. Verify that seeding may be completed in accordance with the original design and the
referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Landscape Architect.
SEEDING 02850-4 +�•
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
soil required to complete the work. Materials removed shall be disposed of by the Contrac-
tor. All topsoil, whether obtained from on site or off site shall be screened prior to use by a
W or smaller size screen.
B. Testing
The Contractor shall take representative samples of topsoil from the site and from topsoil
to be hauled in and shall submit samples to a Soil Testing Laboratory for chemical analy-
sis, and physical analysis. The Contractor shall indicate to the testing agencies that turf is
to be planted and who the Owner is. The Contractor shall forward to the Landscape Archi-
tect two copies of analysis and recommendations of the testing agencies.The Contractor is
responsible for adding lime and/or peat to the topsoil as recommended by the testing
agency.
2.02 FERTILIZER
A. General
All fertilizer shall be a commercial balanced, 10-6-4 fertilizer delivered to the site in bags
labeled with the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis.
B. Commercial Fertilizer
1. Commercial fertilizer shall be a complete fertilizer in which 50-70 percent of the ni-
trogenous elements shall be derived from organic sources; phosphate shall be derived
from superphosphate containing 16-20 percent phosphoric acid or bonemeal contain-
ing 25-30 percent phosphoric acid and 2-3 percent nitrogen; and potash shall be de-
rived from muriate of potash containing 55-60 percent potash. It shall contain the fol-
lowing percentages by weight.
20% Nitrogen - 27% Phosphoric Acid - 5% Potash
2. Fertilizer shall be mixed, as specified, and delivered to the site in standard, unopened
containers showing weight, guaranteed analysis, and name of manufacturer.
C. Special Protection
If stored at the site, protect fertilizer from the elements at all times.
2.03 SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Peat
Peat shall be moist,finely shredded, consist of 90 percent organic moss peat, be brown in
color, and suitable for horticultural purposes. Shredded particles shall not exceed one half
(1/2) inch in diameter. Peat shall be measured in air dry condition, containing not more
than 35 percent moisture by weight. Ash content shall not exceed 10 percent.
B. Limestone
Ground dolomite limestone shall be an approved agricultural limestone and shall contain
not less than 85 percent of total carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to such fineness
that 50 percent will pass a 100-mesh sieve, and 90 percent will pass a 20-mesh sieve.This
SEEDING 02850- 3
MW
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
B. Certificates
1. All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments.
2. Prior to installation, deliver all certificates to the Landscape Architect.
1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery and Storage
1. Deliver all items to the site in their original containers with all labels intact and legible
at time of Landscape Architect's inspection.
2. Immediately remove from the site all seeding materials which are not true to name
and all materials which do not comply with the provisions of this Section of these
Specifications.
3. Use all means necessary to protect seeding materials before, during, and after in-
stallation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.
B. Replacements
In the event of damage or rejection, immediately make all repairs and replacements nec-
essary to the approval of the Landscape Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.07 SEEDING SEASON
A. Seeding
Seeding shall normally be done between August 15th to October 10 and/or April 1 st to
June 15th.
B. Variance
If special conditions exist which may warrant a variance in the above planting dates, a writ-
ten request shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect stating the special conditions for
the proposed variance. Permission for the variance will be given if warranted in the opinion
of the Landscape Architect. Regardless of the time of seeding,the Contractor shall be re-
sponsible for a full growth of grass.
PART 2.00- PRODUCTS
2.01 TOPSOIL
A. General
Topsoil, except that existing on the site,will not be made available by the Owner. The
Contractor shall be responsible for supplying any additional topsoil needed and hauling it to
the site. It shall be obtained from naturally well-drained areas. It shall not be excessively
acid or alkaline nor contain toxic substances which may be harmful to plant growth. Top-
soil shall be without admixture of subsoil and shall be cleaned and free from clay lumps,
stones, stumps, roots, or similar substances three quarter inch, (3/4") or more in diameter,
debris, or other objects which might be a hindrance to planting operations. Furnish all top- *�
SEEDING 02850-2
ew
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
SECTION 02850
SEEDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
,ew 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. Attention is directed to the requirements of the printed form of Contract and to Division 1,
General Requirements, of which this section is hereby made a part.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
+ A. Items required for this Work is indicated on the Drawings and, in general, includes furnish-
ing and placing topsoil, seeding and soil preparation for seeding throughout the Work.
1.03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE
A. Excavating, Filling, and Grading.............................................Section 02200
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers
OR
Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this por-
tion of the Work, be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the
best methods for their installation, and direct all work performed under this Section.
B. Standards
1. All seeding materials shall meet or exceed the specifications of Federal and State
laws requiring inspection for plant disease and insect control.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List
Within 35 days after award of Contract and before any seeding materials are delivered to
the job site, submit to the Landscape Architect a complete list of all seeding and other
items proposed to be installed.
1. Include complete data on source, size, and quality.
2. Demonstrate complete conformance with the requirements of this Section.
3. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution for specific items de-
scribed in the Drawings or these Specifications unless the substitution has been ap-
proved in advance by the Landscape Architect.
SEEDING 02850- 1
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
3.08 CARE OF EXISTING TREES
A. Upon completion of the work under this Section, all existing trees shall be pruned and any ..
injuries repaired. The amount of pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary to re-
move dead or injured twigs and branches and to compensate for the loss of roots as a result
of construction operations. Roots greater than 2"shall be hand-cut to provide clean, con- .�
cise, cutting and removal. Pruning shall be done in such a manner as not to change the
natural habit or shape of the plant. All cuts shall be made at the branch collar, leaving no
stubs. On all cuts over 3/4"diameter and bruises or scars on the bark,the injured cambium
shall be traced back to living tissue and removed;wounds shall be smoothed and shaped so
as not to retain water.
3.09 CLEANUP
A. When any of this work is done while buildings are occupied, pavements shall be kept clear at
all times, broom cleaned to prevent tracking dirt into buildings.
B. After completion of all planting operations, dispose of all debris and excess material to the
satisfaction of the Architect. All pavements shall be broomed and hosed clean.
3.10 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. At the end of the guarantee period, the Architect will inspect all guaranteed work for final ..
acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10
calendar days before the anticipated date for final inspection.
B. Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgment of the
Architect at that time, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the final acceptance of
the Project.
up
go
END OF SECTION
PLANTING 02800- 10
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
C. Schedule the final inspection sufficiently in advance and in cooperation with the Architect so
that the final inspection may be conducted within 24 hours after completion of planting.
D. Final inspection will be at the end of the maintenance period, provided that all previous defi-
ciencies have been corrected.
3.06 ACCEPTANCE
A. The Architect shall inspect all work for acceptance upon written request of the Contractor.
The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date of in-
spection.
1. Acceptance of plant material by the Architect shall be for general conformance to speci-
fied size, character, and quality and shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
full conformance to the contract documents, including correct species.
2. Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgment of
the Architect, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the acceptance of the work.
B. Acceptance in Part
1. The work may be accepted in parts when it is deemed to be in the Owner's best interest
to do so and when approval is given to the Contractor in writing to complete work in parts.
Acceptance and use of such areas by the Owner shall not waive any other provisions of
this Contract.
3.07 GUARANTEE PERIOD AND REPLACEMENTS
A. The guarantee period for trees and shrubs shall begin at the date of acceptance.
B. All plant material shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for a period of one year from the
date of Acceptance to be in good, healthy and flourishing condition.
C. When work is accepted in parts,the guarantee periods extend from each of the partial ac-
ceptances to the terminal date of the last guarantee period. Thus, all guarantee periods
terminate at one time.
D. The Contractor shall replace, without cost to the Owner and as soon as possible as weather
conditions permit and within a specified planting period, all dead plants and all plants not in a
vigorous thriving condition, as determined by the Architect during and at the end of the guar-
"' antee period. Plants shall be free of dead or dying branches and branch tips and shall bear
foliage of a normal density, size, and color. Replacements shall closely match adjacent
specimens of the same species. Replacements shall be subject to all requirements stated in
this Specification.
E. The guarantee of all replacement plants shall extend for an additional period of one year
from the date of their acceptance after replacement. In the event that a replacement plant is
not acceptable during or at the end of the said extended guarantee period,the Owner may
elect subsequent replacement or credit for each item.
F. The Contractor shall make periodic inspection at no extra cost to the Owner during the guar-
antee period to determine what changes, if any, should be made to the Owner's mainte-
nance program. Submit in writing to the Architect any recommended changes.
PLANTING 02800-9
OR
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
4. Backfill plant pits with prepared planting soil. When plant pits have been backfilled
approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly, eliminating all air pockets. After watering, in-
stall planting soil to top of pit and repeat watering.
5. Form saucer around tree as indicated on the Drawings.
6. Finish grade planting areas to conform to grades on Drawings. .w
7. Mulch all pits and beds with a 4"layer of shredded bark mulch immediately after plant-
ing. .�
8. Immediately after planting, water all plants thoroughly.
C. Pruning
1. Prune plants only at time of planting and according to standard horticultural practice to
preserve the natural character of the plant. Pruning to be done under supervision of
the Project Architect.
Pruning and trimming shall include the following: +�+
a) Remove all dead wood, suckers, and broken or badly bruised branches, unless
otherwise directed by the Architect. Contractor shall not cut main leader of
tree.
b) Use only clean sharp tools.
w
3.04 MAINTENANCE OF TREES AND SHRUBS
A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after each plant is planted and shall continue until ac-
ceptance of the project by the Owner after final inspection or 60 days, whichever is longer.
B. Maintenance shall consist of pruning, watering, cultivating, weeding, mulching, resetting
plants to proper grades or upright position, restoration of the planting saucer, and furnishing
and applying such sprays or other items as are necessary to keep the planting free of in-
sects and disease and in thriving condition.
C. Planting areas and plants shall be protected at all times against trespassing and damage of
all kinds for the duration of the maintenance period. If any plants become damaged or in-
jured, they shall be treated or replaced as directed by the Architect at no additional cost to
the Owner.
D. Provide all equipment and means for proper application of water to those planted areas not
equipped with an irrigation system.
3.05 INSPECTION
In addition to normal progress inspection, schedule and conduct the following formal inspec-
tions, giving the Architect at least 24 hours prior notice of readiness for inspection:
A. Inspection of plants in containers prior to planting. "
B. Inspection of plant locations to verify compliance with the Drawings.
PLANTING 02800- 8 +.
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
Notify the Architect in writing of all soil or drainage conditions that the Contractor considers
detrimental growth of plant material.
E. Test drainage of suspect plant beds and pits by filling with water twice in succession. Condi-
tions permitting the retention of water in planting beds for more than 12 hours shall be
brought to the attention of the Architect.
F. If rock, underground construction work,tree roots, or obstructions are encountered in the
ON excavation of plant pits, alternate locations may be considered by the Architect. Where loca-
tion cannot be changed,as determined by the Architect, submit cost required to remove the
obstructions to a depth of not less than 6" below the required pit depth. Proceed with work
after approval of the Architect.
3.03 PLANTING OPERATIONS
A. Digging and Handling of Plant Materials to be Relocated
1. Immediately before digging, spray all evergreen or deciduous plant material in full leaf
with anti-desiccant, applying an adequate film over trunks, branches, twigs, and/or fo-
liage.
2. Dig, ball and burlap ("B&B") plants with firm, natural balls of earth with diameter not
less than that recommended by American standard for Nursery Stock and of sufficient
depth to include the fibrous and feeding roots. Plants moved with a ball will not be
accepted if the ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operation.
3. Protect plants at all times from sun or drying winds. Plants that cannot be planted
immediately on delivery shall be kept in the shade,well protected with soil,wet moss,
or other acceptable materials and shall be kept well watered. Plants shall not remain
unplanted for longer than three days after delivery.
4. Plants shall not be bound with wire or rope at any time so as to damage the bark or
break branches. Plants shall be lifted and handled from the bottom of the ball only.
B. Planting Trees and Shrubs
1. Protect plants at all times from sun or drying winds. Plants that cannot be planted
immediately on delivery shall be kept in the shade,well protected with soil,wet moss,
or other acceptable material and shall be kept well watered. Plants shall not remain
unplanted for longer than three days after delivery. Plants shall not be bound with
wire or rope at any time so as to damage the bark or break branches. Plants shall be
lifted and handled from the bottom of the ball only.
2. Set plants at same relationship to finished grade as they bore to the ground from
which they were dug. Set plant plumb and brace rigidly in position until prepared top-
soil has been tamped solidly around ball and roots.
3. Cut and remove ropes, strings and wrappings from top 1/3 of ball after plant has been
set. Leave balance of wrappings intact around ball. If wrapping is plastic, remove top
2/3.
PLANTING 02800-7
State Street Apartments August IS,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
C. Plants identified as"selection specimen"shall be approved and tagged at their place of
growth. For distant material, submit photographs for pre-inspection review.
2.11 PLANT LABELS
A. Plant labels shall be durable, legible stating the correct plant name and size in weather-
resistant ink or embossed process lettering. "
2.12 ANTI-DESICCANT
A. Anti-desiccant shall be an emulsion,which provides a protective film over plant surfaces,
permeable enough to permit transpiration. It shall be delivered in containers of the manufac-
turer and mixed according to the manufacturer's directions('Wiltpruf' manufactured by
Nursery Specialty Products Inc., Stubbings Road, Groton Falls, New York, or approved
equal).
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection
1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades
and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may prop-
erly commence.
2. Verify that planting may be completed in accordance with the original design and the
referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect.
2. Do not-proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies
have been fully resolved.
3.02 EXCAVATION OF PLANTING AREAS
A. Stake out the ground locations for plants and outlines of areas to be planted and obtain ap-
proval of the Architect before excavation is begun. A minimum of 30 percent of total planting
must be staked before inspection will be made.
B. Excavate tree and shrub pits as shown on the Drawings.
C. Separate subgrade soils from the upper topsoil portions and remove immediately wherever
encountered during planting operations.
D. Notify the Architect in writing of all soil condition that the Contractor considers detrimental to
growth of plant material. State condition and submit proposal in writing to the Architect for
correcting condition.
PLANTING 02800- 6 +*�
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
E. Caliper measurement shall be taken on the trunk 6"above natural ground line for trees up to
4"in caliper and 12"above the natural ground line for trees over 4"in caliper. Height and
spread dimensions specified refer to the main body of the plant and not from branch tip to
tip. Plants shall be measured when branches are in their normal position. If a range of size
is given, no plant shall be less than the minimum size, and not less than 50 percent of the
plants shall be as large as the maximum size specified. Measurements specified are mini-
mum size, acceptable after pruning where pruning is required. Plants that meet measure-
ments but do not possess a normal balance between height and spread shall be rejected.
F. All plants shall be labeled with correct plant name and size. Labels shall be attached se-
curely to all plants, bundles, and containers of plant materials delivered with care that those
attached directly to plants will not restrict growth.
G. Substitutions of plant materials will not be permitted, unless authorized in writing by the Ar-
chitect. If proof is submitted and substantiated in writing that any plant specified is not ob-
tainable, a proposal will be considered for use of the nearest available size or similar variety
with a corresponding adjustment of Contract price.
H. Type of Protection to Roots
1. Balled and Burlapped Plants
Plants designated "B&B" in the Plant List shall be balled and burlapped. They shall
be dug with firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass
the fibrous and feeding root system necessary for full recovery of the plant. Balls shall
be firmly wrapped with burlap or similar material and bound with twine, cord, or wire
mesh. Where necessary to prevent breaking or cracking of the ball during the proc-
ess of planting, the ball may be secured to a platform.
2. Protection After Delivery
The balls of"B&B" plants and container grown plants that cannot be planted immedi-
ately on delivery shall be covered with moist soil or mulch, or other protection from
drying winds and sun. All plants shall be watered as necessary until planted.
2.09 INSPECTIONS
A. Certificates of inspection shall accompany invoices for each shipment of plants as may be
required by law for transportation. File certificates with the Architect prior to acceptance of
the material. Inspection by Federal or State Governments at place of growth does not pre-
'" clude rejection of plants at the work site.
2.10 SELECTION AND TAGGING
A. Plants shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Architect at their place of growth
and upon delivery for conformity to specification requirements. Such approval shall not im-
pair the right of inspection and rejection during the progress of the work. A Contractor's rep-
resentative shall be present at all inspections.
B. Written requests for inspection of plant material at their place of growth shall be submitted to
the Architect at least 10 calendar days prior to digging. Written requests shall state the
place of growth and quantity of plants to be inspected. The Architect may refuse inspection
at this time if, in his judgment, a sufficient quantity of plants are not available for inspection.
PLANTING 02800 - 5
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
.ter
A. Brown; acid reaction about 4 to 5 pH; low in content of wood material and free of mineral
matter harmful to plant life; water absorbing capacity, 1100 to 2000 percent; moisture con-
tent 30 percent natural, shredded or granulated.
2.05 WATER
A. Contractor shall make, at his expense,whatever arrangements may be necessary to ensure
an adequate supply of water to meet the needs of this contract. He shall also furnish all
necessary hose, equipment, attachments, and accessories for the adequate irrigation of
lawns and planted areas as may be required to complete the work as specified.
2.06 PLANTING SOIL
A. All fill material for excavations for plants shall conform to 2.06-Planting Soil.
B. The Contractor shall supply loam which shall be prepared by the Contractor so as to be free `
from subsoil, stumps, roots, stones over one half inch (1/2) inch diameter and other extrane-
ous materials. Materials removed shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Soil shall not be
used for planting while in a frozen or muddy condition.
C. Planting soil mix shall be mixed to consist of seven parts loam and one part peat moss by
volume. It shall have pH value between pH 5.0 to pH 6.0. Amend with lime as necessary to
achieve required pH.
D. Mix all materials at the proportions or amounts specified herein. Mixing shall be done by an
approved method. Under no conditions shall mixing be done if materials are wet or in oth-
erwise unsatisfactory condition, as determined by the Architect.
2.07 PLANT MATERIALS ,.
A. Plant materials shall be true to species and variety specified and shall be nursery grown in
accordance with good horticultural practice under climatic conditions similar to those in the
locality of the project for at least two years. They shall have been root-pruned within the last .
two years. All plants B+B or container grown. No heeled-in plants or plants from cold stor-
age will be accepted.
B. Unless specifically noted otherwise, all plants shall be of specimen quality; exceptionally
heavy; and symmetrical, so trained or favored in development and appearance as to be un-
questionable and outstandingly superior in form, compactness and symmetry. They shall be
sound; healthy; vigorous; well-branched and densely foliated when in leaf; free of disease;
insects; eggs or larvae; and shall be free from physical damage or conditions that would pre-
vent thriving growth.
C. Plants shall not be pruned before delivery. Trees with multiple leaders, unless specified, will
be rejected. Trees with a damaged or crooked leader, abrasion of bark, sunscalds, disfigur-
ing knots, insect damage, or cuts of limbs over 3/4" in diameter, not completely calloused,
will be rejected.
D. Plants shall conform to measurements specified in the Plant Lists, except that plants larger
than specified may be used if approved by the Architect. Use of such plants shall not in-
crease the Contract price. If larger plants are approved,the root ball shall be increased in
proportion to the size of the plant.
PLANTING 02800-4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
2. Immediately remove from the site all plants that are not true to name and all materials
that do not comply with the provisions of this Section of these Specifications.
3. Use all means necessary to protect plant materials before, during and after installation
and to protect the installed work and materials of all trades.
B. Replacements
In the event of damage or rejection, immediately make all repairs and replacements neces-
sary to the approval of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Planting Season
1. Planting shall be done within the following dates:
Deciduous material: March 1 - May 15
October 25- December 1
Evergreen Material: March 1 -June 1
August 15-October 15
Seeding, Sodding: April 1 -June 1
August 15-September 30
2. If special conditions exist which may warrant a variance in the above planting dates, a
written request shall be submitted to the Project Architect stating the special condi-
tions and the proposed variance. Permission for the variance will be given if war-
ranted in the opinion of the Architect. Variances permitted will not relieve the Contrac-
tor from liability for damages caused by planting out of season.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 FERTILIZER
A. Plant fertilizer packets shall be installed as per the drawings.
2.02 SOIL AMENDMENT
A. All soil amendment shall be peat; a domestic product consisting of partially decomposed
vegetable matter of natural occurrence. It shall be brown, clean, low in content of mineral
and woody material, mildly acid and granulated or shredded, and fortified with organic nitro-
gen or an equal commercial soil amendment approved in advance by the Architect.
2.03 BARK MULCH
A. Shredded cedar bark mulch shall consist of a standard size,free of chunks and pieces of
wood thicker than 1/4"and approved by the Architect. The mulch must be partially decom-
posed and dark brown in color.
2.04 PEAT MOSS
PLANTING 02800- 3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
A. Qualifications of Workmen
Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion
of the Work,thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best meth-
ods of their installation, and direct all work performed under this Section.
B. Standards
1. All plants and planting material shall meet or exceed the specifications of Federal and
State laws requiring inspection for plant disease and insect control.
2. Quality and size shall conform with the current edition of "American Standard for
Nursery Stock"for number one grade nursery stock, as adopted by the American
Nursery& Landscape Association.
3. All plants shall be true to name and one of each bundle or lot shall be tagged with the
name and size of the plants, in accordance with the latest standards of practice of the
American Nursery& Landscape Association. In all cases, botanical names shall take
precedence over common names.
4. All Plants to be grown from stock hardy in USDA Plant Hardiness Zones 2 through 5.
1.09 SUBMITTALS "
A. Materials List
Thirty days before any planting materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect
a complete list of all plants and other items proposed to be installed:
1. Include a complete data on source, size, and quality.
2. Demonstrate complete conformance with the requirements of this section.
3. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution for specific items de-
scribed in the Drawings or these Specifications unless the substitution has been ap-
proved in advance by the Architect. ,.
B. Certificates
1. All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments.
2. Upon completion of the installation, deliver all certificates to the Architect.
C. All submittals shall follow the Provisions of Section 01330-Submittal Procedures.
1.10 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery and Storage
1. Deliver all items to the site in their original containers with all labels intact and legible
at time of Architect's inspection.
PLANTING 02800-2 ,,,,,
W
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
SECTION 02800
PLANTING
Part 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. Attention is called to the requirements of the printed Form of Contract and to Division 1 -
General Requirements, of which this section is hereby made a part.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
.. A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in
this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard es-
tablished for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpreta-
tion.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document
not clarified by addendum,the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in
accordance with the Architect's interpretation. (See Article 1 of the General and Supplemen-
tary General Conditions.)
1.04 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Condi-
tions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
Or 1.05 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this
Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard estab-
lished for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation.
1.06 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Planting required for the Work is indicated on the Drawings and, in general, includes planting
of trees and/or shrubs and/or groundcovers throughout the Work including furnishing all ma-
,, terials, equipment, and labor necessary for root protection, and tree guards where applica-
ble.
1.07 RELATED WORK
A. Temporary Seeding................................................................................Section 02150
B. Excavating, Filling & Grading.................................................................Section 02200
C. Seeding..................................................................................................Section 02850
1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE
PLANTING 02800- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
1. Six months following completion of the backfill over the PVC pipe installation, the
pipeline shall be tested for deflection using a "go/no go"deflection mandrel. The
"go/no-go"gage shall be passed through all sections of the pipeline.
2. Pipe deflections shall be measured and converted to percent deflection. Deflections
shall be recorded,with a copy of results submitted to the Architect. Test results
shall be mailed or delivered to the Architect not later than the day following the day
on which test was made.
3. Sections of pipe with deflection greater than 7.5% shall be replaced.
END OF SECTION
RM
Pq
Pon
SANITARY SEWAGE SERVICE 02730 -9
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
e. At least two minutes shall be allowed for the air pressure to stabilize in the
section under test. After the stabilization period, the low-pressure air supply
hose shall be quickly disconnected from the control panel. The time required
in minutes for the pressure in the section under test to decrease from 3.5 to
2.5 psig (greater than the maximum pressure exerted by groundwater that
may be above the invert of the pipe) shall not be less than shown in the
following table:
Pipe diameter in inches Minutes
8 4.0
10 5.0
12 5.5
f. Where the sewer section to be tested contains more than one size of pipe,
the minimum allowable time shall be based on the largest diameter pipe in the
section, and shall be the time shown on the table reduced by 0.5 minutes.
4. Rate of infiltration and exfiltration shall not exceed 20 gal./in. of pipe diameter per
mile of pipe per 24 hours. Each section of pipe tested shall meet the above
criterion. we
E. Closed Circuit TV Testing
1. In addition to the leakage testing specified above, the entire sewer system piping
shall be tested using closed circuit TV testing equipment. Testing shall be done by
a specialty pipeline testing agency experienced in closed circuit TV testing of utility
pipelines and acceptable to the local DPW. Equipment used shall be specifically
designed for inspection and testing of utility pipelines.
2. Testing shall include visual observation of interior of pipeline including all joints and
connections. Pipeline shall be certified by testing agency to be constructed in
accordance with the Contract Documents including requirements for slope,joining,
and absence of debris and foreign matter.
3. Duplicate copies of test reports shall be submitted to the Architect.
F. Manhole Testing
1. Leakage testing of sewer manholes shall be included in the testing of the gravity
sewer system. Leakage for each manhole shall not exceed 1 gal./vertical ft. of
manhole per 24 hours.
G. Before submitting system for final approval of the authorities having jurisdiction, submit a
written statement to the Architect that work has been completed in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
H. Promptly following satisfactory completion of leakage testing, a report fully describing test
procedures and listing test results shall be submitted to the Architect and to governmental
agencies that have jurisdiction. The report shall be signed by the Contractors'
superintendent.
I. Pipe deflection testing for PVC piping.
SANITARY SEWAGE SERVICE 02730-8
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
3. Adequate provisions shall be made for carrying off flushing water without causing
erosion or other damage.
4. Manholes and piping shall be tested before joints are concealed or made
inaccessible.
so
5. Tests shall be made in the presence of an inspector of the authority of having
jurisdiction.
C. Notice of tests shall be made in writing to the Architect and the local plumbing inspector,
and received by them not less than five days before the date of test.
D. Gravity flow system test
1. When the groundwater is more than 1 ft. above the crown of the pipe at the upper
0" end of the section to be tested, an infiltration test shall be made. The upper end of
the section to be tested shall be plugged on V-notch weir of appropriate size shall be
fitted into the lower end. There shall be no leakage around the weir plate.
Commercially manufactured weirs, made and calibrated for the purpose, may be
employed.
2. When groundwater is less than 1 ft. above the crown of the pipe at the upper end of
the section to be tested, an exfiltration test shall be made. The sewer shall be
plugged at the inlet pipes of both the upper and lower manholes. The line shall then
be filled with water to a level 2 ft. above the crown of the pipe in the upper manhole.
Before any measurements are made, a period of about 2 hours shall be permitted to
allow for absorption and escape of trapped air. Following this, a test period of at
least 4 hours shall begin. At the end of the test period, loss of water shall be
measured and leakage computed therefrom.
3. Air testing shall be performed in accordance with the procedures described in ASTM
C 828, except as otherwise noted. For low-pressure air tests use equipment
specifically designed and manufactured to test sewer pipelines with low-pressure
air. The equipment shall be provided with an air regulatory valve or air safety valve
so set that the internal air pressure in the pipeline cannot exceed 8 psig.
a. The leakage test using low-pressure air shall be made on each manhole-to-
manhole of pipeline after placement of the backfill.
b. Pneumatic plugs shall have a sealing length equal to or greater than the
diameter of the pipe to be tested. Pneumatic plugs shall resist internal test
pressures without requiring external bracing or blocking.
C. All air used for testing shall pass through a single control panel.
d. Low-pressure air shall be introduced into the sealed line until the internal air
pressure reaches a value 4 psig greater than the maximum pressure exerted
by groundwater that may be above the invert of the pipe at the time of the
test. However, the internal air pressure in the sealed line shall not be allowed
!* to exceed 8 psig. When the maximum pressure exerted by the groundwater
is greater than 4 psig, conduct infiltration test.
SANITARY SEWAGE SERVICE 02730-7
OW
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
2. Lifting holes in precast sections shall be plugged thoroughly with mortar and finished
smooth and flush with adjoining surfaces.
3. Brick shall be employed to bring frame and cover to required elevation as indicated
on the Drawings. Complete brick installation shall be coated with at least a 3/4 in.
thickness of mortar on outside to provide a fully sealed and watertight collar
between the top manhole section and the cover frame
a. Before installation of castings, chipped and scraped areas shall be touched
up with one coat of bituminous paint.
b. Cast iron frame shall be set concentric with manhole opening in a full bed of
mortar. A thick ring of mortar extending to the outer edge of brick or concrete „®
shall be placed all around the bottom flange of the cast iron frame. Mortar
surface shall be smooth and sloped to shed waterway from the frame.
4. Portland cement-based mixtures used on this work shall receive a minimum of three
days of moist curing,which shall start immediately after the material has been
placed. Suitable means shall be employed to protect cement-based mixtures from
too rapid drying and damage from cold weather and frost.
5. Where required, new piping shall be connected to existing manholes by mechanical
smooth wall coring into existing structures. Drilling,jackhammering, breaking will
not be allowed. Completed work shall be adequately patched and finished with non-
shrinking grout to the satisfaction of the Architect.
6. Maximum misalignment of pipe into manholes shall be indicated on the Drawings.
C. Connections to existing facilities
1. The Contractor shall make all required connections of the proposed sanitary sewer
into existing sanitary sewer facilities, where and as shown on the Drawings.
2. Take care while making tap connections to prevent concrete or debris from entering "
existing piping or structure.
3. Remove debris, concrete or other extraneous material which may accumulate. A.
3.02 TESTING
A. The entire sewer system, including piping and manholes shall be tested for leakage. Piping
shall also be tested by the use of either water or low-pressure air. Piping shall also be
tested using closed circuit TV. All testing shall conform to the requirements of the local
Department of Public Works.
B. General Test Requirements
1. Piping shall be adequately restrained against movement before testing. Pressure
sewer line shall have thrust blocks installed (under another section of the
specifications) and the concrete shall have attained full design strength before test
pressure is applied to the line.
2. Piping system shall be flushed clean, and sediment, scale, dirt, and debris removed
before piping is tested.
SANITARY SEWAGE SERVICE 02730- 6
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
The Contractor shall install all sanitary sewer structures and pipe in the locations as shown on
the Drawings and/or as approved by the Owner's Field Representative and in accordance with
the local DPW Standards.
A. Piping -PVC
1. Inspect piping before installation to detect apparent defects.
2. Mark defective materials with white paint and promptly remove from site.
3. PVC pipe installation shall conform to ASTM D2321.
4. Bottom of trench excavation shall be kept dry and free of water during pipe
installation. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent flotation of pipe in the
trench.
5. Pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation, and shall be maintained free
from foreign matter during installation.
6. Each pipe length shall be installed to form a close joint with the next adjoining length
and bring inverts of the required grade.
7. Piping shall be properly graded,free from pockets.
8. No pipe or fitting shall be permanently support on saddles, blocking or stones.
9. Where necessary, tight-fitting temporary wood bulkheads shall be employed to close
cur ends of pipeline at end of each day's work.
10. Cleaning
a. Clear interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work
progresses.
b. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed.
C. In large,accessible piping, use brushes and brooms for clearing.
d. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted conduit at end of day or whenever work
stops.
PR e. Flush lines between manholes if required to remove collected debris.
B. Manhole Installation
40
1. Manholes shall be set vertical on a base material as indicated on the Drawings, with
each section in true alignment.
on
SANITARY SEWAGE SERVICE 02730-5
00
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
e. Pipe openings in base shall be minimum size required to receive pipe, and
shall be accurately set to conform to the required line and grade.
2. Pipe shall be joined to precast base using a seal as indicated on the Drawings or a
seal approved by the local Department of Public Works.
3. Manholes shall have shaped brick inverts.
4. Manhole steps shall be polypropylene plastic reinforced with 3/8 in. diameter steel
rod, as manufactured by M.A. Industries, Inc. Peachtree City, GA 30269, or we
approved equal.
a. Steps shall be drop-front anti-skid design, 12 in wide. Projection of front edge N„
of step shall be greater than or equal to 5 in.from manhole wall.
b. Steps shall embedded 4 in. into manhole wall.
C. Steps in precast sections shall be embedded at time of casting.
5. Manholes shall be designed to safely withstand an AASHTO H-20 loading, as
specked in the AASHTO Specifications.
D. Brick
1. Brick for support of cast iron cover and frame shall meet the physical requirements
of MDPW Specifications Section M4.05.2.
2. Brick for sewer manhole invert channel shall conform to MDPW Specifications
Section M4.05.2.
E. Mortar
Mortar shall conform to MDPW Specifications Section M4.02.15.
F. Grout
Grout shall be a nonshrink cement-based type, such as Master Builders Company
"Embeco", or U.S. Grout Corporation "Five Star Grout".
G. Castings
1. Manhole frames and covers shall be cast iron conforming to MDPW Specifications
Section M8.03.0 and MDPW Construction Standard Drawings 202.6.0, 202.7.0 and
202.8.0. Frames may be Type A or Type B. Covers shall have the letters"SEWER"
cast into the cover. All covers shall be submitted to and approved by the local DPW.
2. Castings shall have a shop-applied coal-tar-pitch varnish coating,thoroughly ,
covering all metal.
H. Embedment Materials
w
PVC pipe embedment materials shall conform to Class I or Class II embedment materials
as defined in ASTM D 2321.
SANITARY SEWAGE SERVICE 02730-4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
A. Identification
1. Provide underground-type plastic line markers, manufacturer's standard permanent,
bright-colored, continuous-printed plastic tape, intended for direct-burial service.
2. Size: Min. 6 in wide x 4 mils thick
3. Provide green tape with black printing reading "CAUTION SEWER LINE BURIED
BELOW".
4. During backfilling/top-soiling of sanitary sewage systems, install continuous
underground-type plastic line marker, located directly over buried line at 6 in. to 8 in.
below finished grade.
B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) nonpressure pipe for gravity sewers shall conform to
ASTM D 3034, SDR35 minimum wall thickness.
2. Pipe shall be bell-and-spigot in standard lengths of 12'-6".
3. Bell end shall be an integral wall section with solid cross section rubber ring,factory
! " assembled.
4. Spigot end shall be beveled to ensure proper insertion. Spigot end shall be
imprinted with an "assemble stripe", to which the bell end of the mated pipe will
extend upon proper jointing of the two pipes.
5. Rubber rings shall conform to ASTM D3212.
6. Pipe ends shall permit checking of the rings with a feeler gage to ensure their proper
location in the coupling grooves.
7. PVC fittings shall be bell-and-spigot type, compatible with the pipe.
C. Sanitary Manholes
1. Precast concrete manholes shall conform to local DPW Standards and shall be
similar to those manufactured by Nashua Precast Corp. or approved equal.
a. Sections shall have tongue and groove joints.
b. Joints between sections shall be made with preformed rubber gaskets
conforming to ASTM C433.
C. Each section shall have no more than two lifting holes or cast-in lifting
n devices.
d. Precast base shall be manufactured with wall openings to receive the ends of
pipes which are to be connected to structure.
SANITARY SEWAGE SERVICE 02730-3
w
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
A. Codes and Standards
1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):
Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges
2. American Society for Testing and Materials: ..
Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets C433
Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe D3231
Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings D3034
Joints for Drain and Sewer and Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals
D3212
3. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Departmetn (MHD or MDPW):
Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges
4. Local Municipal Requirements
a. The Contractor shall notify the local DPW prior to installation. All work and
materials shall be subject to the approval of the local DPW. .�
B. Permits
The Contractor shall pay for all permits and licenses as required. .�
C. Inspection
1. All sanitary sewer System installation shall be inspected and approved by the
local DPW. The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements
with the DPW and paying all fees associated with the Sanitary Sewerage
System installation.
2. The Contractor shall have the new pipe system televised and supply a
certified video tape to the local DPW. Arrangements shall be made with the
City prior to performing the TV inspection, so the DPW personnel can witness
the taping process.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions
for sanitary sewage system materials and products.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for sanitary sewage systems, and maintenance
data.
C. Record Drawings: Submit record drawings at Project Closeout.
PART2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
The materials to be used in the construction shall be those indicated on the Drawings and
specified herein.
SANITARY SEWAGE SERVICE 02730- 2
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
SECTION 02730
SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEM
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this
Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established
for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document not
clarified by addendum, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in
accordance with the Architect's interpretation.
1.04 DESCRIPTION
A. Work under this Section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all labor, materials
and equipment necessary and required to install exterior sanitary sewer system beginning
r at a point 10 feet outside of building foundation, in accordance with the Contract
Documents. This work shall include but not be limited to:
1. Installation of sanitary sewers consisting of manholes, pipe and all necessary and
required accessory items and operations including service connections to each
building.
2. Pay costs and fees related to connecting sanitary sewerage system to existing
services. File applications, details, and drawings required by the local authority
having jurisdiction.
3. Alteration, reconstruction and/or relocation of existing sanitary sewer facilities as
required.
4. Installation of sanitary sewer facilities with the Public R.O.W. and/or easements,
including connections to existing sanitary sewer facilities.
B. Related Work Described Elsewhere
Excavating, Filling and Grading......................................................Section 02200
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
SANITARY SEWAGE SERVICE 02730- 1
.o
36 Bedford Terrace—New Construction August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
The Berkshire Design Group
w
D. After treatment,the pipeline shall be flushed with clean water until the residual chlorine
content does not exceed 1.0 ppm (mg/1).
E. After flushing samples shall be collected as per Town DPW standards.
F. During the disinfection period, care shall be exercised to prevent contamination of water in
existing mains.
G. The Contractor shall dispose of the water used in disinfecting and flushing in an acceptable
manner.
H. Any temporary connections required for disinfection shall be installed and subsequently
properly abandoned at the Contractor's expense. ••
END OF SECTION
�w
w..
a..
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-8
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
7. The pressure test shall be made at 1.5 times the normal working water pressure
(based on the elevation of the lowest point of the section under test), but not less
than 150 PSI. If the Contractor cannot achieve the specified pressure and maintain
it for the specified time,with no additional pumping,the section shall be considered
as having failed to pass the test.
8. Following a successful pressure test, or concurrently with test, make a leakage test
by metering the flow of water into the pipe while maintaining in the water main and
pressure equal to the specified test pressure. If the average leakage during the
period exceeds specified the rate of gallons per hour,the section shall be
considered as having failed the leakage test.
9. If the section shall fail to pass the pressure test,the leakage test, or both, locate,
uncover, and repair or replace defective pipes,fittings, or joints,without extension of
time for completion of work. Additional tests and repairs shall be made until the
section passes the specified tests.
10. All joints within vaults shall have no visible leakage. Joints from which water
continues to run or squirt in an active manner will not be accepted.
11. Upon successful completion of the tests, plugs or caps installed for the testing shall
be removed.
12. If, in the judgment of the Engineer, it is impractical to follow the foregoing procedure
exactly for any reasons, modifications in the procedure shall be submitted for
approval and be made as approved and accepted, but in any event the Contractor
shall be responsible for tightness of the line within the above leakage and pressure
requirements.
OR
E. Before submitting system for final approval of the authorities having jurisdiction, submit to
r the Engineer a written statement that work has been completed in accordance with the
Contract Documents and signed by the Contractor's Superintendent.
F. Promptly following satisfactory completion of leakage testing, a report fully describing test
procedure and listing test results shall be submitted to the Engineer and to governmental
,w agencies having jurisdiction.The report shall be signed by the Contractor's superintendent.
G. The contractor shall be required to conduct test in accordance with NFPA 24 for all
underground piping associated with fire protection.
3.05 DISINFECTION
*r+ A. The Contractor shall disinfect the lines and tank carrying potable water. The work shall be
performed in accordance with the requirements of the City DPW Standards. Test results
shall be sent to the Engineer and local DPW.
B. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials necessary to do the work of
disinfection, and shall perform the work in accordance with procedure outlined in the latest
edition of ANSI/AWWA C651 except as otherwise specified herein.
C. The dosage shall be such so as to produce a chlorine concentration of no less than 25
ppm (mg/1)after a contact period of not less than 24 hours.
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-7
so
36 Bedford Terrace—New Construction August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
The Berkshire Design Group
C. The correct torque as indicated by a torque wrench shall not exceed the sleeve
manufacturers recommendations.
D. An approved tar coating shall be applied on the entire outer surface of such couplings,
including bolts,following installation.
3.04 TESTING
A. All portions of the water system installed shall be hydrostatically tested for leakage.
B. General Test Requirements
1. Piping shall be adequately restrained against movement before testing. Pressure +•�
line shall have thrust blocks installed and the concrete shall have attained full design
strength before test pressure is applied to the line.
2. Piping system shall be flushed clean, and sediment, scale, dirt, and debris removed
before piping is tested.
3. Adequate provision shall be made for carrying off flushing without causing erosion or
other damage.
4. Piping shall be tested before joints are concealed or made inaccessible.
5. Tests shall be made in the presence of an inspector of the authority having
jurisdiction and in accordance with the DPW Standards.
C. Notice of tests shall be made in writing to the Engineer and the DPW and Water
Department, and received by them at least five days before the date of test.
D. Hydrostatic and Leakage Tests
1. Testing shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard C600, Section 4, and at test ,
pressure indicated in the DPW Standards.
2. Pressure pipe shall be given combined hydrostatic and leakage tests in sections of
acceptable length as the Engineer shall direct.
3. Furnish and install suitable temporary testing plugs or caps; all necessary pressure
pumps, pipe connections, meters, gages, and other necessary equipment; and all
labor required.
4. Unless it has already been done, the section of pipe to be tested shall be filled with
water of approved quality, and all air shall be expelled from the pipe. If hydrants or
blow-offs are not available at high points for releasing air, make necessary
excavations, do backfilling and make taps at such points. Plug holes after
completion of the test. *»
5. The section under test shall be maintained full of water for a period of 24 hours prior
to the combined pressure and leakage test being applied.
6. The meter and gage shall be installed and shall be kept in use during the test so that
water entering water main under test will be measured and the pressure in the water
main indicated.
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-6
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
4. Where indicated, new system shall be connected to existing Municipal Water
Distribution System in accordance with the City Requirements.
C. Pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation, and shall be maintained free from
foreign matter during installation.
1. Where necessary, tight-fitting temporary wood bulkheads shall be employed to close
ends of pipeline at end of each day's work.
2. Entire length of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed clean following completion of
backfill.
D. In any pipe showing a distinct crack and in which it is believed there is no incipient fracture
beyond the limits of the visible crack, the cracked portions, if so approved, may be cut off
by and at the expense of the Contractor before the pipe is laid so that the pipe used will be
perfectly sound. The cut shall be made in the sound portion at a point at lest 12 in.from
PIN the visible limits of the crack.
1. Except as otherwise approved, all cutting shall be done with a machine suitable for
PW cutting ductile iron pipe. Hydraulic squeeze cutters are not acceptable for cutting
ductile iron pipe. Travel type cutters and guillotine or rotary type abrasive saws
may be used. All cut ends shall be examined for possible cracks caused by cutting.
low 2. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that damage to the lining of pipe or
fittings will render them unfit for use; he shall use the utmost care in handling and
installing lined and coated pipe and fittings to prevent damage. Protective guards
111110 shall not be removed until the pipe is to be installed.
E. Concrete Thrust Blocks
1. Changes in direction, both vertical and horizontal shall be braced with concrete
thrust blocks.
2. Where pipe is being capped for future connection, cap shall be braced with concrete
thrust block.
„ 3. Concrete shall meet requirements of Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
4. Thrust block sizing and installation shall be in accordance with DPW Standards.
3.03 ASSEMBLING SLEEVE-TYPE COUPLINGS
A. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings,the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly
for a distance of 8 in. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and
gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6 in.from the
end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the already laid pipe and until it is properly
centered over the joint.The other pipe end shall be inserted into the middle ring and
brought to proper position in relation to the pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers
shall then be pressed evenly and firmly into the middle ring flares.
B. After the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made up flngertight, diametrically
opposite nuts shall be progressively and uniformly tightened all around the joint, preferable
by use of a torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the bolts.
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-5
36 Bedford Terrace—New Construction August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
The Berkshire Design Group
w
4. Inside diameter of box shall be at least 5 1/4 inch and length of box shall be as
required to suit finish ground elevation.
ON
5. Box cover shall be close fitting and substantially dirt-tight. Top of cover shall be
flush with top of box rim. Cover shall have a word "WATER"cast into top.
6. Box shall be equal to that as manufactured by the Tyler Corporation.
C. For valves installed with depth of cover substantially greater than that specified,
extensions, including centering spacers, shall be added to the operation nut assembly to
raise the operating nut to a depth below grade equal to that with the normal required depth
of cover.
..
PART 3- EXECUTION
0
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection w!
1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades
and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may so
properly commence.
2. Verify that water utilities may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes
and regulations,the original design,the referenced standards, and the " °
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Discrepancies •w
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer.
am
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies
are fully resolved.
3.02. PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Piping shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the
referenced DPW Standards. Where exact locating dimensions of piping are not indicated .,
on the Drawings, the Engineer's approval shall be obtained for proposed locations.
B. Ductile iron pipe fittings shall be installed in accordance with the DPW Standards.
op
1. Bottom of trench excavation shall be kept dry and free of water during pipe
installation. Adequate measures including de-watering as required shall be taken to
prevent flotation of pipe in the trench. a■
2. Each pipe length shall be installed to form a close joint with the next adjoining length
and bring inverts to the required grade. am
3. Each pipe length shall have a firm bearing along its entire length. No pipe or fitting
shall be permanently supported on saddles, blocking, or stones.
..
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-4 an
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
A. Ductile iron pipe shall be furnished and installed in sizes as shown on the drawings and in
accordance with the latest ANSI Standards' Designations A21.50 (AWWA C150)for
"Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds of Sand-Lines Molds for Water or Other
Liquids." Unless otherwise indicated or specified, ductile iron pipe shall be at least
thickness Class 52.
1. DI pipe shall be push-on joint type except as otherwise indicated or specified.
2. Cl or DI fittings shall conform to ASA/AWWA A21.10/C100 or ANSI/AWWA
A21.10/C110 respectfully, and shall be of a pressure classification at least equal to
that of the pipe with which they are used.
3. Gaskets shall conform to ANSI/AWWA A21.11/C11.
4. Inside of pipe and fittings shall be given a cement lining 1/8 inch minimum thickness
on pipe 12 inches and smaller in accordance with ANSI/AWWA A21.4/C104. The
outside of the pipe and fittings shall be coated with a standard bituminous coating
conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.6/C106.
5. Pipe for use with sleeve-type couplings shall be as specified above except that the
ends shall be plain (without bells or beads). The ends shall be cast or machined at
right angles to the axis.
B. Sleeve-type couplings shall be cast iron and shall be Dresser style.
1. To ensure correct fitting of pipe and couplings, sleeve-type couplings and
accessories shall be furnished by the supplier of the pipe and shall be of a pressure
rating at least equal to that of the pipeline in which they are to be installed.
2. Couplings shall be provided with epoxy coated steel bolts.
3. Outer surfaces of couplings including bolts and nuts shall be coated with an
approved tar coating upon installation.
2.02 VALVES AND VALVE BOXES
A. Gate valve shall be iron body, New York Style(Metropolitan Patter)conforming to AWWA
C500. Gate Valve shall have mechanical joint ends, interior epoxy coated, 2 in. square
operating nut.Valve shall open to right(clockwise). Gate valve shall be designed to be
bottle-tight for a minimum working pressure of 200 lb. per sq. in.
B. Each valve shall be provided with a valve box. Box shall be 2 pieces slip-style cast iron
and shall be an adjustable telescoping, heavy pattern type.
1. Box shall be designed and constructed to prevent the direct transmission of traffic
loads to the piping or valve.
2. Upper section of box shall have a flange with sufficient bearing area to prevent
undue settlement. Lower section of box shall be designed to enclose the valve
operating nut and stuffing box, and rest on the backfill.
3. Boxes shall be adjustable by 6 in. vertically without reduction of the lap between
sections to less than 4 in.
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-3
36 Bedford Terrace—New Construction August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
The Berkshire Design Group
3. All water distribution materials and installation shall conform to the requirements of
the City Board of Health and Water department Standards. Should discrepancies
exist between the City Standards and this Specification,the City Standards shall
prevail. For materials or methods of installation not included in the City Standards,
but specified herein, the Contractor shall submit this material or methodology to the
City DPW for approval prior to purchase and/or execution.
B. Inspection and Testing
1. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the
standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. The Contractor shall
furnish to the Engineer in duplicate sworn certificates of such tests.
2. The Owner reserves the right to have any or all pipe, fittings and special castings
inspected and/or tested by an independent testing agency at either the
manufacturer's plant or elsewhere. Such inspection and tests shall be at the .�
Owner's expense.
3. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and a hammer
test just before being installed. ^'
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List
After the award of the Contract and before any water system materials are delivered to the
job site, submit to the Engineer, a complete list of materials proposed to be furnished and
installed.
1. Show manufacturer's name and catalog number for each item,furnish complete
catalog cuts and technical data, and furnish the manufacturers' recommendations as
to method of installation.
2. Upon approval of the Engineer, the manufacturers' recommendations shall become
the basis for acceptance or rejection of actual methods of installation used in the
work.
3. Do not permit any water system component to be brought onto the job site until it
has been approved by the Engineer.
B. Record Drawings
1. During the course of installation, carefully shown in red line on a print of the utility
plan all changes made to the water system during installation.
2. Upon completion of the water system installation, these marked plans shall be
supplied to the Engineer.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE
W#
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-2 40
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
SECTION 02666
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
All of the Contract Documents, including the General and Supplementary Conditions, Division 1
General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work under this Section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all labor, materials
and equipment necessary and required to install all of the water distribution and service
facilities to a point 10 feet outside the building foundation wall, in accordance with Contract
Documents. This work shall include but not be limited to:
1. Installation of water distribution system consisting of excavation, piping,valves and
boxes, pipe fittings,thrust blocks, vaults and all necessary and required accessory
items and operations including sheeting, bracing, pumping and coordination with
interior plumbing and electrical contractors.
2. Furnishing and installation of building water services.
3. Testing and disinfection.
*� 4. Installation of water lines within the Public R.O.W. and/or Easements, including
connections to existing water supply facilities.
5. The Contractor shall pay for all costs and fees related to connecting water system to
existing services and shall file all applications, details, and drawings, required by the
local authority having jurisdiction.
1.03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE
Earthwork.................................................................................Section 02200
Paving and Curbing..........................................................................Section 02600
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. City Requirements
1. The Contractor shall notify the City Board of Health and DPW sufficiently in advance
of connecting new or relocated water services to existing water main. All work and
materials shall be subject to approval of the City.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements with the City and
State personnel and paying all fees associated with the water system installation
and testing.
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
�
that the work of this Section may be properly finished and connected to the work of other
trades.
'
END OFSECTION
fop
�
�
m
�
u'
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600-9
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
ww
where an essentially flush transition is required, pavement elevation tolerance shall
not exceed 0.01 feet. At other areas pavement elevation tolerance shall not exceed +
0.05 ft. Irregularities exceeding these amounts or which retain water on surface shall +
be corrected by removing defective work and replacing with new material conforming
to this section.
3.06 TRAFFIC STRIPING
A. Traffic paint materials, equipment, methods of placement, and precautions to be observed
as to weather, condition of surface, etc., shall conform to MDPW Specifications for traffic
striping first class road work. Striping shall not begin until all asphalt surfaces have cured for
a minimum of 14 days.
B. Striping patterns shall conform to the layout shown on the Drawings. Transverse striping of
handicap pathways shall be on 4 in.x 12 in. stripe to space ratio.
C. Strip width shall be the standard 4 inches except wheelchair symbols which shall be as de-
tailed in the 1978 Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. The wheelchair symbols shall
be painted in spaces shown on the drawings.
no
3.07 GRANITE CURB AND CONCRETE CURB
A. Granite curb and concrete curb work shall not be performed during rainy weather or when
temperature is less than 35 degrees F.
B. Installation shall be timed to permit placing curb during daylight hours, unless artificial light
satisfactory to the Architect is provided.
C. The pieces of curb shall be set on wooden blocks and leveled over an adequate length to
verify true vertical alignment. The concrete shall then be poured and hand troweled to fill all
voids below and in front of the curb as detailed.
D. Curb shall be tapered to meet existing grade in areas adjacent to handicapped access
ramps.
E. Where curbing joins existing or new bituminous curbing,the bituminous curbing shall be re-
placed for a distance of 2 feet and shall be tapered to conform to the curb end shape.
F. Portions of granite that become broken, cracked or chipped shall only be allowed for use if
approved by the Architect after a thorough visual inspection.
G. Joints between pieces of curbing shall be filled with an approved mortar mix in conformance
with M4.02.15.
■.
3.08 REMEDIAL MEASURES
Upon direction of the Architect, cut out, and/or rework all surfaces and subgrade areas which 00
do not meet the requirements of this Section; perform all remedial measures at no additional
cost to the Owner.
..
3.09 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Work shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. Other trades shall be con-
sulted in advance so that proper provisions may be made for installation of their work and so
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600-8
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
7. Placing and rolling of mixture shall be as nearly continuous as possible. Breakdown
rolling shall begin as soon after placing as mixture will bear the operation without un-
due displacement. Delays in rolling shall be completed while the mix temperature ex-
ceeds 150 degrees F. Rolling shall proceed longitudinally, starting at edge of newly
placed material and proceeding toward previously rolled areas. Rolling overlap on
successive strips shall be greater than or equal to width of roller rear wheel. Alternate
OR trips of roller shall be of slightly different lengths. Corrections required in surface shall
be made by removing or adding materials before rolling is completed. Skin patching
of areas where rolling has been completed will not be permitted. Course shall be sub-
jected to diagonal rolling, crossing lines of the first rolling while mixture is hot and in
compatible condition. Displacement of mixture or other fault shall be corrected at
once by use of rakes and application of fresh mixture or removal or mixture, as re-
quired. Rolling of each course shall be continued until roller marks are eliminated.
Roller shall pass over unprotected edge of course only when paving is to be discon-
tinued for sufficient time to permit mixture to become cold.
8. In places not accessible to roller, mixture shall be compacted with hand tampers.
Hand tampers shall weight at least 50 lb. and shall have a tamping face less than or
equal to 100 sq. in. Mechanical tampers capable of equal compaction will be accept-
able in areas in which they can be employed effectively.
9. Portions of pavement courses which become mixed with foreign material or are in any
way defective shall be removed, replaced with fresh mixture and compacted to density
of surrounding areas. Asphaltic material spilled outside lines of finished pavement
shall be immediately and completely removed. Such material shall not be employed
in the work.
10. Joints shall present same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of the
course. Continuous bond shall be obtained between portions of existing and new
pavements and between successive placements of new pavement. Any longitudinal
or transverse joint which has cooled below 150 degrees F prior to placement of adja-
cent mix, shall be treated with a coat of tack coat prior to new mix placement. New
material at joints shall be thick enough to allow for compaction when rolling. Compac-
tion of pavement, base, and subgrade at joints shall be such that there is no yielding
of new pavement relative to existing pavement when subjected to traffic.
11. Contact surfaces of previously constructed pavement(if greater than or equal seven
days since binder placed), parking lot overlay areas, manholes, concrete collars and
similar structures shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with a thin uniform coating
of bitumen immediately before fresh mixture is placed. Tack coat shall be applied at
rate which will leave asphaltic residue of 5-7 gal./100 s.y. after evaporation of vehicle.
Base surface shall be dry and clean when tack coat is applied. Asphaltic paving ma-
terial shall not be placed until vehicle has completely evaporated from tack coat. Ad-
! ! joining new paving shall be placed before tack coat has dried or dusted over.
12. Earth or other approved material shall be placed along pavement edges in such quan-
tity as will compact to thickness of course being constructed, allowing at least 1 ft.of
shoulder width to be rolled and compacted simultaneously with rolling and compacting
surface. Pavement edge shall be trimmed neatly to line before placing earth or other
approved material along edge.
13. Variations in smoothness of finished surface shall be less than or equal to 1/4 in.
when tested with a 10 ft. straight edge, applied both parallel to and at right angles to
centerline of paved area. At joints with existing pavement, and at other locations
go BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600- 7
go
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
so
3. Surface irregularities which exceed 1/2 in. measured by means of a 10 ft. long
straightedge shall be replaced and properly compacted.
,.
E. Subgrade and base course shall be kept clean and uncontaminated. Less select materials
shall not be permitted to become mixed with gravel. Materials spilled outside pavement lines
shall be removed and area repaired.
F. Portions of subgrade or of construction above which become contaminated, softened, or dis-
lodged by passing of traffic, or otherwise damaged, shall be cleaned, replaced, and other-
wise repaired to conform to the requirements of this specification before proceeding with
next operation.
3.05 PLACEMENT OF BITUMINOUS CONCRETE SURFACING
A. Preparation
Bituminous concrete mixtures shall be laid only when surface is free of foreign matter and
when the weather is not foggy or rainy, and further these operations shall be carried on only
when the atmospheric temperature is not less than 40 degrees F in the shade. Actual mix
delivery temperature shall adhere to Section 460.61. Under no circumstances shall mix ••
temperature exceed 325 degrees F upon arrival at the site. Temperature exceeding 325 de-
grees F will result in rejection of the entire load.
B. Placement
Bituminous concrete pavements shall be furnished, handled and laid in accordance with
Section 460 and Section 701 of the State Specifications, except as herein modified.
1. Binder and wearing surface courses for sidewalks may each be applied individually, in
single lifts of full thickness indicated on the Drawings.
2. All joints at old pavement shall be sawed vertical butt joints which shall receive a light
coating of asphalt emulsion a short time before paving commences, as directed by the
Architect.
3. Adjacent concrete work, curb, etc., shall be protected from stain and damage during
entire operation. Damage and stained areas shall be replaced or repaired to equal
their original condition.
4. Construction methods shall conform to the Massachusetts Department of Public
Works Specifications, Section 460, Class I, Bituminous Concrete Pavement, Type-1.
5. Submission of the job-mix formula for the bituminous concrete surface course shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor, and it shall be submitted to the Architect for ap-
proval 10 days prior to the pavement construction. Deliveries shall be timed to permit
spreading and rolling all material during daylight hours, unless artificial light, satisfac-
tory to the Architect, is provided. Loads which have been wet by rain or otherwise will e
not be accepted. Hauling over freshly laid or rolled material will not be permitted.
6. Establishment of grades, grade control, and conformance to finished pavement sur-
face grade tolerances required shall be the responsibility of the Contractor in accor-
dance with the Drawings and Specifications.
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600-6 +..
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
C. Subgrade of areas to be paved shall be recompacted as required to bring top 8 in. of mate-
rial immediately below gravel base course to a compaction of at least 90% of maximum den-
sity, as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D. Subgrade compaction shall extend for a
distance of at least 1 ft. beyond pavement edge.
D. Excavation required in pavement subgrade shall be completed before fine grading and final
compaction of subgrade are performed. Where excavation must be performed in completed
subgrade or subbase, subsequent backfill and compaction shall be performed as directed by
the Architect as specified in Section 02200, EARTHWORK. Completed subgrade after filling
such areas shall be uniformly and properly graded.
E. Areas being graded or compacted shall be kept shaped and drained during construction.
Ruts greater than or equal to 2 in. deep in subgrade, shall be graded out, reshaped as re-
quired, and recompacted before placing pavement.
F. Materials shall not be stored or stockpiled on subgrade.
G. Disposal of debris and other material excavated and/or stripped under this section, and ma-
terial unsuitable for or in excess of requirements for completing work of this section shall be
disposed of off-site.
H. Prepared subgrade will be inspected by the Architect. Subgrade shall be approved by the
Architect before installation of paving base course. Disturbance to subgrade caused by in-
spection procedures shall be repaired under this section of the specification.
3.04 PLACEMENT OF GRAVEL BASE COURSE
A. The gravel shall be furnished, hauled, deposited and spread in layers as specified in appli-
cable provisions of Section 40, and 405 of the State Specifications and compacted as speci-
fied for the formation of embankments,for sub-base, shoulders etc., and as specified herein.
B. The gravel shall be spread in layers from self-spreading vehicles, or with power graders of
approved types, or by hand upon the prepared subgrade. Gravel shall be spread in layers
no more than six(6") inches thick,compacted measure. Compaction requirements shall be
to 95% maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D. Stone greater than 2
in. shall be excluded from course. .The method of compaction proposed by the Contractor
shall be approved by the Architect and the approved method and procedure, once estab-
lished and providing the required results, shall be used throughout the entire operation.
Each lift shall be separately compacted to specified density. Trucks shall not be used for
compaction purposes.
C. Width of base course shall be greater than or equal to the width of pavement surface, if con-
tinuous lateral support is provided during rolling, and shall extend at least 2 x base thickness
beyond edge of the course above, if not so supported.
D. Width of Base
1. Material shall be placed adjacent to wall, manhole, catch basin, and other structures
only after they have been set to required grade and level.
2. Rolling shall begin at sides and progress to center of crowned areas, and shall begin
on low side and progress toward high side of sloped areas. Rolling shall continue un-
til material does not creep or wave ahead of roller wheels.
po BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600- 5
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
2.06 TRAFFIC PAINT
Parking space pavement striping and reflective glass beads shall conform to Section M7.01.10
and M7.01.07 of the MDPW Specifications.
am
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
.m
A. Inspection
1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades
and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may prop-
erly commence.
2. Verify that bituminous concrete pavement be installed in strict accordance with the
original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the
referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies
have been fully resolved.
3.02 EQUIPMENT
A. Compacting Equipment •
All equipment for compacting shall be steel-tired power rollers having a minimum weight of
10 tons,except that hand held vibrator compactors may be used in areas not accessible to
rollers where specifically approved in advance by the Architect.
B. Paving Equipment
All equipment for paving shall be spreading, self-propelled asphalt paving machine capable
of maintaining line, grade and minimum surface course thickness specified, with laser grad-
ing sensors for tolerance accuracy.
3.03 GRADING
A. Areas to be paved will be compacted and brought approximately to subgrade elevation un-
der Section 02200, EARTHWORK, before work of this section is performed. Final fine grad-
ing, filling, and compaction of subgrade to receive paving, as required to form a firm, uni-
form, accurate, and unyielding subgrade at required elevations and to required lines, shall be .�
done under this Section.
B. Existing subgrade materials which will not readily compact as required shall be removed and
replaced with satisfactory materials. Additional materials needed to bring subgrade to re-
quired line and grade and to replace unsuitable material removed shall be material conform-
ing to this Section.
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600-4 .�
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
ber 11, 1998 Federal Register). Architectural coatings are defined as: "a coating recom-
mended for field application to stationary structures and their appurtenances, to portable
buildings,to pavements, or to curbs."
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 GRAVEL BASE COURSE
Gravel base and/or sub-base courses for areas beneath new pavement as hereinbefore defined
and indicated on the drawings, shall consist of gravel borrow composed of hard durable stone,
and coarse sand,free of loam, clay or silt, uniformly graded and containing no stone having any
dimension greater than the gradation shown on the plans. When spread and rolled on the pre-
pared surface, it shall form a stable surface. The gradation shall conform to State Specifications,
Section M1, sub-section M1.03.0,Type"b", and attention is directed to the selected gravel size
limitation. Samples of gravel and results of gradation tests performed by an approved testing
laboratory shall be submitted for approval of the Architect. No stone greater than 4" in any di-
mension.
2.02 DENSE GRADED CRUSHED STONE
Dense graded crushed stone material shall consist of crusher-runu coarse aggregates of crushed
stone or gravel and fine aggregates of natural sand or stone screenings informly pre-mixed and
placed on the gravel base and conforming to Section 402, Subsection M2.01.7, of the State
Specification.
2.03 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT
A. All courses of the bituminous concrete paving shall consist of Class I,Type 1-1, conforming
to the requirements of Section 460, Subsection M3.11.00 of MDPW Specifications.
1. Binder or bottom course paving shall have a maximum aggregate size passing 1 in.
sieve, and bitumen content= 5 1/2% + 1/2% by weight.
2. Top or wearing course paving shall have maximum aggregate size passing 1/2 in.
sieve,and bitumen content= 6 1/2%± 1/2% by weight.
Complete job mix formula, listing quantities and pertinent ingredient properties, shall be
submitted to and approved by the Architect at least two weeks before work is scheduled to
begin.
B. Bituminous tack coat shall be applied as required. Bituminous material for tack coat on the
existing surface,where required or specified, shall be emulsified asphalt, grade RS-1 con-
forming to Subsection M3.03.0 of MDPW Specifications.
2.04 CONCRETE CURB
Precast concrete curb shall be as detailed on the drawings, as specified in the Massachu-
setts Highway Department Specifications Material Specifications M4.02.14, as manufactured
by Chase Precast,W. Brookfield, MA, or approved equal.
2.05 GRANITE CURB
A. New granite curbs, shall conform to the requirements of Type VB granite curb, Section M9
9.04.1 of the MHD Standard Specifications.
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600-3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
1. MDPW specifications Section 460 for pavement and Section 405 for gravel base
course and Section 500 for"curb and edging".
2. MDPW specifications Section 860 for fast drying traffic paint.
B. Paving work, base course etc., shall be done only after excavation and construction work
which might injure them has been completed. Damage caused during construction shall be
repaired before acceptance. All trenches for utility installation shall be completed and back-
filled for a period of 30 days prior to paving over these trenches unless approved by the Ar-
chitect.
C. Repair and replace existing paving areas damaged and removed during this Project. Work-
manship and materials for such repair and replacement shall match those employed in exist- ..
ing work, except as otherwise noted.
D. Pavement subbase shall not be placed on a muddy or frozen subgrade.
E. Existing pavement under state or local jurisdiction shall, if damaged or removed during the
course of this project, be repaired or replaced under this section of the specification in con-
formance with applicable codes, standards, and practices. w
1.08 SUBMITTALS
Submission of the job-mix formula for the bituminous concrete surface course shall be the re-
sponsibility of the Contractor, and it shall be submitted to the Architect for approval 10 days prior
to the pavement construction.
1.09 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection NO
Use all means necessary to protect bituminous concrete pavement materials before, during
and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.
B. Replacements
In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the *�
approval of the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Dust Control
1. Use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust during performance of the
work of this Section.
2. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust being a nuisance to the
public, neighbors and concurrent performance of other work on the job site.
1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OF MATERIALS
A. Architectural Coatings
All architectural coatings shall comply with the National Volatile Compound Emission Stan-
dards for Architectural Coatings, (EPA 40 CFR Part 59, as published in the Friday, Septem-
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600- 2 �•
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
P1
SECTION 02600
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING
w PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Condi-
tions and Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
!! A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this
Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard estab-
lished for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document
not clarified by addendum,the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in
w accordance with the Architect's interpretation.
1.04 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Bituminous concrete pavement required for this work is indicated on the drawings and
includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
1. Roadway and walkway pavement
2. Bituminous concrete curbing
3. Patching
4. Line painting and striping
5. Concrete curb
1.05 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
C. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works (MDPW):
Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges
D. Comply with standards specified in accordance with Town of Amherst Department of Public
Works.
1.06 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE
Excavating, Filling & Grading.........................................................................Section 02200
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Unless otherwise specified,work and materials for construction of the asphaltic concrete
w• paving shall conform to the applicable portions of the following:
BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
A. General
All drainage structures to be constructed within this contract shall be as indicated on the
drawings and location shall be in strict accordance with the plans. Catch basins shall be
plumb and vertical,with each section in true alignment. Materials shall be as listed herein
and exceptions shall not be taken without prior approval.
1. Lifting holes in precast sections shall be thoroughly plugged with mortar and finished
smooth and flush with adjoining surfaces.
2. Drain pipe shall extend, around its entire circumference, to inside surface of wall of
structure into which it is inserted. Pipe shall be joined to manhole wall using either a
flexible manhole sleeve or nonshrink grout. For grouted joints, surface between pipe
and wall shall be filled with nonshrink grout.
B. Castings
Casting frames shall be set on a full bed of mortar,true to grade and concentric with the
masonry. All voids beneath the bottom flange shall be completely filled to make a water-
tight fit. A ring of mortar at least 1 inch thick shall be placed around the outside of the bot-
tom flange extending to the outer edge of the masonry all around the frame.
Mortar surface shall be smooth and shall be sloped to shed water away from the frame.
3.07 CERTIFICATES
A. Affidavits shall be furnished from the manufacturer of pipe and appurtenances furnished and in-
stalled under this Section, certifying that such materials delivered to the project conform to the re-
quirements of these Specifications.
END OF SECTION
STORM DRAINAGE 02300-7
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
C. Controls
The grade and alignment of all pipe laid in trenches shall be controlled by batterboards, la-
ser equipment, or parallel offset lines with accurate horizontal and vertical control checkout
points spaced not greater than 25 feet. Grades and lines between points shall be set and
checked with grade and alignment squares. Layout of controls shall be established by a
Registered Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor. Alignment tolerances shall be 1 in
1,000 vertical and 1 in 500 horizontal. Pipe shall be inspected for alignment, and approval
shall be obtained from the Architect before backfilling work commences.
D. Procedure
1. Before being laid, each pipe length shall be inspected and tested to verify that it is
not cracked, permanently dented or deformed. Pipe of the required size shall be laid
to conform to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings or given by the Con-
tracting Officer.
2. Pipe shall be laid with the groove or bell end upstream. Bell shall rest over a shal-
low excavation in pipe bedding to prevent pipe weight from bearing on bell.
3. Each pipe shall be so laid as form a close joint with the next adjoining pipe and bring
the inverts continuously to required grade. Each pipe shall be supported with com-
pacted crushed stone, graded in size from 1/4 inch to 3/4 inch, to obtain a substan-
tially unyielding bed.
4. Unless recommended by the ASTM standards and by the manufacturers of the vari-
ous kinds and types of pipe,the Contractor shall not joint pairs of pipe before laying
them.
5. No pipe or fitting shall be permanently supported on saddles, blocking, or stones.
6. Where a concrete cradle is used,the pipe shall be laid on concrete saddles so con-
structed as to provide lateral support for the pipe while the cradle is being placed.
7. Pipe shall not be backfilled until joints have been fully inspected, and approved.
8. Entire length of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed clean following completion of back-
fill.
3.05 PIPING
Pipe joints shall be made with rubber gaskets, Portland cement mortar, nonshrink grout, or as-
phalt mastic compound.
A. Rubber gasketed joint: Pipe gasket shall be installed using lubricants, cements, adhe-
sives, and other accessories and methods recommended by the gasket manufacturer.
Pipe and gasket surfaces shall be kept clean until pipe has been properly drawn up and
the joint closed. Gaskets and other jointing material shall be placed on the pipe immedi-
ately before joint is made up. Jointing materials shall be inspected and defects repaired
before joint is completed.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF CATCH BASINS
STORM DRAINAGE 02300-6
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
formed into a stable network such that the filaments of yarns retain their relative position to each
other. The fabric shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts Highway Department
Standard Specifications, Section M9.50.0,Table II—Type II Fabric.
PART 3.00 - EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection
1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades
and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may
properly commence.
2. Verify that storm drainage system may be installed in strict accordance with all perti-
nent codes and regulations,the original design, the referenced standards, and the
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies
have been fully resolved.
3.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Make all necessary measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in accordance with
the original design.
3.03 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
1. Perform all trenching and backfilling necessary for this portion of the work, strictly conforming to
the requirements for trenching described in Section 02200 of these Specifications.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF PIPING
A. General
1. Piping shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the local and state
DPW Standards.
2. Pipe installation shall conform to Class B, Bedding Condition as specified in the ACPA Manual.
B. Approvals
No pipe shall be laid without prior notification of the Architect. Each pipe shall be subject to
inspection by the Architect immediately before it is laid, and defective pipe will be rejected.
Pipe lines shall be laid to the grades and alignment indicated on the drawings. Proper fa-
cilities shall be provided for lowering sections of pipe into trenches.
STORM DRAINAGE 02300- 5
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
wA
2.03 POLYETHYLENE PIPE (HDPE)
Corrugated polyethylene pipe (HDPE) shall be manufactured in accordance with the most recent
AASHTO M294 Type S or SP specification. The pipe shall be constructed of high-density poly-
ethylene. The pipe shall be seamless with corrugations on the exterior and shall have a smooth
interior waterway. Corrugated plastic pipe shall not be used for flared ends or in other applica-
tions where pipe will be exposed to vandalism and ultraviolet radiation.
2.04 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE AND PERFORATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
A. PVC pipe and fittings for drainage and subdrainage applications shall meet ASTM D 1785
Standard Specifications for PVC plastic pipe,Type I Schedule 80. Joints shall be made in
acordance with ASTM D 2855 Recommended Practice for Making Solvent-cemented
Joints with PVC Pipe and Fittings.
2.05 CATCH BASINS
.r
A. Catch basins shall be constructed of the materials, size,form thickness and in the manner
shown on the details on plans.
B. Precast concrete basins shall consist of pre-cast reinforced riser sections, haunched con-
centric cone top section, and a base section conforming to the typical catch basin details.
Where required by shallow installations or directed by the Engineer, provide a flat slab top
constructed to support HS-20 wheel loading.
C. Pre-cast catch basins shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM Designation C 478.
The minimum compressive strength of the concrete for all sections shall be 4,000 psi of a
28 day test. The circumferential steel reinforcement for riser sections and base walls shall
be 0.17 square inch per linear foot. Reinforcing in the bottoms of bases shall be of the
same design. ..
D. Each section of the pre-cast manhole shall have two holes for the purpose of handling and
laying. These holes shall be tapered and shall be plugged with mortar after installation.
E. Type II cement to be used. Sections shall be set so as to be vertical and in true alignment.
Joints shall be completely mortared by buttering the groove and immediately prior to set-
ting a section assuring a water tight sump. •�
F. Catch basin connections to the manhole shall enter immediately above the shelf.
G. Red Sewer Brick shall be used in the catch basins. Limits of Class B Rock excavation will
be six(6) inches below and twelve (12) inches outside the base.
H. 3/4"crushed stone foundation six (6) inches in depth is required under the pre-cast base at
no additional cost.
I. Traps, frames, grate and inlets shall be furnished and installed as specified under their re- ..
spective items. A minimum of 12 inches red sewer brick shall be used under the frames.
The grates shall fit so as to prevent rocking or unnecessary space at the joints.
2.06 DRAINAGE FILTER FABRIC
A. Drainage filter fabric shall be a non-woven fabric consisting only of long chain polymeric filaments
or yarn such as polypropylene, polyethylene, polyester, polymide, or polyvinyl idene-chloride
STORM DRAINAGE 02300-4 w�
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
2. Upon completion of the storm drainage system installation,these marked plans shall
be supplied to the Architect, as per the requirements for record drawing submittal in
Section 01770.
1.07 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection
Protect existing utilities as specified in these Specifications. Use all means necessary to
protect storm drain system materials before, during and after installation and to protect in-
stalled work and materials of all other trades.
B. Replacements
In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the
approval of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Delivery and Storage
Deliver all materials to the job site in their original containers,with all labels legible at time
of use. Store in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, as approved by
the Architect.
1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OF MATERIALS
A. Architectual Coatings
All architectural coatings shall comply with the National Volatile Compound Emission Stan-
dards for Architectural Coatings, (EPA 40 CFR Part 59, as published in the Friday, Sep-
tember 11, 1998 Federaal Register). Architectural coatings are defined as: "a coating rec-
ommended for field application to stationary structures and their appurtenances,to port-
able buildings, to pavements, or to curbs."
"M PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Construct drainage structures in accordance with the Town of Northampton Department of
Public Works standards.
2.02 CASTINGS
A. Catalog listings on the plans indicated are from the Neenah Foundry Company catalogs.
PR Substitutions may be submitted for the approval of the Project Engineer, provided they are
equivalent to those indicated and conform to State Specifications. The catch basin frame
and grate shall be Model R-3570 Heavy Duty or approved equal (approximate weight=
300 pounds).
B. Traps shall conform to MHD requirements.
STORM DRAINAGE 02300- 3
go
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group ap
2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): Building Code Requirements for Reinforced
Concrete-318
3. American Concrete Pipe Association (ACPA): Concrete Pipe Design Manual ow
4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement A615
Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Manholes C139 we
Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units C140
Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings C425
Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets C443
Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole C478
Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated C700
Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers
C789
Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb. (4.54
kg) Rammer and 18 in. 457 mm) Drop D1157
5. Commonwealth of MassachusettsHighway Department (MHD): Standard Specifica-
tions for Road, Bridges and Incidental Construction
C. Codes
The work shall be completed in accordance with standards and approval of the Town of
Northampton and the Massachusetts Department of Public Works.
D. Permits
The Contractor shall pay for all permits and licenses as required.
E. Inspection
All drainage system installations shall be inspected and approved by Owner. The Contrac-
tor shall be responsible for making all arrangements with inspectors from the local munici-
pality and paying all fees associated with the drainage system installation.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List
After award of Contract and before any storm drainage system materials are delivered to
the job site, manufacturer's product data shall be submitted.
1. Show manufacturer's name and catalog number for each item,furnish complete
catalog cuts and technical data, and furnish the manufacturer's recommendations as
to method of installation.
2. Do not permit any storm drainage or sewerage component to be brought onto the
job until it has been approved by the Architect.
on
B. Record Drawings
1. During the course of installation, carefully show, in red line, on a print of the grading
plan, all changes made to the storm drainage system during installation.
STORM DRAINAGE 02300-2
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
SECTION 02300
MR
STORM DRAINAGE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1, apply to the work specified in this Section.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this
Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established
for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document not
clarified by addendum,the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accor-
dance with the Architect's interpretation.
1.04 DESCRIPTION
A. The storm drainage system required for this work is indicated on the drawings and in-
cludes, but is not necessarily limited to:
1. Storm drainage pipe and field subdrains
2. Catch basins, storm drains and interconnecting lateral lines
3. Required fittings and bends
4. Testing
B. Related Work Described Elsewhere
Site Demolition, Clearing and Grubbing.................................Section 02100
Excavating, Filling &Grading .................................................Section 02200
Bituminous Concrete Pavement.............................................Section 02600
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Installers
Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in
the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and
the methods needed for proper performance of the work in this Section.
B. Standards
1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO):
Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges
STORM DRAINAGE 02300- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
E. In the event of sudden downpours or other inclement weather, exposed subgrades and fills
which, in the opinion of the Architect become inundated or excessively moistened, shall
have excess water removed and soil dried as specified above.
F. Backfill stock piles shall be protected from adverse weather conditions.
3.11 CLEANING UP
Upon completion of the work of this Section, immediately remove all debris and excess earth ma-
terials from the site.
END OF SECTION
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 13
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
3.09 COMPACTION METHODS
The Compaction alternative given below are stated to provide minimum compaction standards
only and in no way relieves the Contractor of his/her obligation to achieve the specified degree of
compaction by whatever additional effort that is necessary.
Compaction Method Maximum Loose Lift Thickness Minimum#passes ■+
Below Below Less
Maximum Structures Less Critical Structures Critical
Stone Size* and Pavement Areas & Pavement Areas
GRANULAR FILL:SAND-GRAVEL FILL
Hand-operated vibratory plate or +
light roller in confined areas 4" 6" 8" 4 4
Hand-operated vibratory drum
rollers weighing at least 1,000#
in confined areas 6" 10" 12" 4 4
Light vibratory drum roller
minimum minimum 8" 12" 18" 4 4
weight dynamic
at drum force
5000# 10,000# `
Medium vibratory drum roller
minimum minimum 8" 18" 24" 6 6
weight dynamic
at drum force
10,000# 20,000#
*And no more than two-thirds (2/3) loose lift thickness.
3.10 MOISTURE CONTROL
A. Variation of moisture content in fill and backfill material shall be limited to Optimum Mois-
ture (-1%to+3%). Moisture content shall be as uniformly distributed as practicable within
each lift, and shall be adjusted as necessary to obtain the specified compaction. •
B. Material which does not contain sufficient moisture to be compacted to the specified densi-
ties shall be moisture conditioned by sprinkling, disking,windrowing, or other method ap-
proved by the Architect.
1. Material conditioned by sprinkling shall have water added before compaction. Uni-
formly apply water to surface of subgrade or layer of soil material to obtain sufficient
moisture content. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient hoses and/or water dis-
tributing equipment at the site for this purpose.
C. Material containing excess moisture shall be dried to required Optimum Moisture Content
before it is placed and compacted. Excessively moist soils shall be removed and replaced
or shall be scarified by use of plow, discs, or other approved methods, and air-dried to
meet the above requirements.
D. Materials which are within the moisture requirements specified above, but which display
pronounced elasticity or deformation under the action of earthmoving and compaction
equipment, shall be reduced to Optimum Moisture Content, or below, to secure stability.
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 12 �•
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
F. Excavations which extend below indicated or specified levels (over-excavation), shall be
filled to those levels at no additional cost to the Owner. Over-excavation in rock shall be
filled with either gravel bedding as defined in paragraph 2.02B of this section or concrete
having a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2,000 psi with compacted granular fill, if
in earth.
,�. 3.08 COMPACTION
A. Degree of compaction shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557, Method C.
B. Except as otherwise noted,fill and backfill materials shall be placed in successive horizon-
tal lifts which do not exceed specified thickness.
C. Subgrade and backfill of indicated areas or structures shall be compacted as specified in
the following table:
Fill Area % of Maximum Dry Density
Pavement base course 95
Beneath pavement base course 92
Backfill for athletic field embankments 92
Beneath landscape areas 90
D. Compaction requirements shall apply to material directly below the indicated support item
(base course,footing, or structure), and to all material above the undisturbed earth be-
neath fill, and enclosed by the following planes:
1. Horizontal plane at the elevation of the bottom of the supported item (base course,
footing, or structure),within a perimeter line located 2 feet beyond the exterior face
or edge of item.
2. Flat planes extending from the perimeter line downward and outward at a 45 degree
e� angle with the horizontal,to where the planes intersect undisturbed earth. Where
zones of higher and lower percentages of compaction overlap, that of the higher
percentage shall apply.
"! E. Compaction of backfill in excavation shall be to a density not less than that required of the
surrounding area fill.
F. Equipment and methods employed to achieve specified compaction shall be subject to the
approval of the Engineer and equipment shall be replaced and methods revised as di-
rected until specified compaction is obtained.
G. Compaction of each lift shall be completed before placing of the next lift is started.
H. Grading tolerance
Rough Grade
Pavement areas plus/minus 0.05 ft.
Grass areas plus/minus 0.10 ft.
Finish Grade
Pavement areas plus/minus 0.005 ft.
Grass areas plus/minus 0.05 ft.
I. Backfill adjacent to wall, conduit, pipe, and similar item, and in other areas where wheeled
equipment cannot safely be employed, shall be placed in 4-inch thick layers,to the speci-
fied compaction, using mechanical tampers.
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200 - 11
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
D. Except as otherwise noted, tolerance of top surface of completed fill areas shall be+2
inches from true grade indicated. Variations from indicated tolerance shall approximately
compensate within each 100-foot area. 8" lift maximum.
3.06 BEDDING
A. Minimum width of bedding material shall be at least as wide as the item to be installed on
it. Where width of bed is less than full width of trench, Sand-Gravel shall be placed adja-
cent to bedding material to fill full width of the trench, and shall be compacted with bedding
material.
eo
1. Width of bedding for sewer pipe shall extend full width of trench excavation.
B. Where bed is damaged during excavation or while placing pipe, or otherwise, it shall be re-
paired to specified grade, contour,and compaction before weight of pipe is placed on it.
C. Bedding material and embedment material for utilities will be furnished, placed, and com-
pacted under the appropriate utility specification section. Bedding material to be Crushed we
Stone.
3.07 BACKFILL
40
A. Excavation below finished grades shall be backfilled. Temporary planking,timbering,
forms, debris, and refuse shall be removed before backfill is placed.
B. Backfilling shall be done in any area only after the Owner or Architect or Geotechnical
Consultant have inspected and approved subgrade,foundations, or other work in excava-
tions. Notice that the work is ready for inspection shall be given promptly, and sufficient
time shall be allowed for making necessary examinations. • +
C. In order to prevent lateral movement, care shall be exercised in placing backfill adjacent to
utility lines,foundation walls and other structures. Backfill on opposite sides of such items
shall be kept at approximately the same elevation as backfilling progresses to prevent un-
balanced earth pressure. During backfilling, the difference in elevation of backfill on oppo-
site sides of the structure shall not exceed 12 inches.
1. Shoring shall be employed as necessary to protect such items.
2. Foundation walls and footings have been designed to act with other portions of the
structure to withstand the loads they will bear in completed project;they have not „ .
been designed to withstand construction loads or unbalanced earth or equipment
loadings.
D. Except as otherwise noted,tolerance of top surface of completed backfill shall be + 2
inches from true grade indicated, and variations from indicated tolerance shall approxi-
mately compensate within each 100-foot area.
1. Tolerance for backfill beneath concrete foundation shall be plus 1/2 inch and minus
2 inches.
2. Tolerance for backfill beneath concrete slab on grade shall be plus 1/2 inch and mi-
nus 1 inch.
E. Where rock is removed below foundations in accordance with Section 02220"Controlled
Blasting and Rock Excavation", the area above the remaining rock subgrade and the bot-
tom of footing shall be filled with compacted gravel bedding as defined in paragraph 2.02B
of this section.
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 10 •
go
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
herein, and shall be in strict accordance with applicable laws and ordinances and Sections
02221. Explosives shall be stored on-site only when blasting is in progress. When the
OR need for explosives has passed,they shall be removed from the site.
1. Surfaces of rock foundation shall be sufficiently rough to bond well with the masonry
and embankments to be built and, if required, shall be cut to rough benches or
steps.
2. Before masonry is built upon rock,the rock shall be freed from all vegetation, dirt,
clay, shale, excessively cracked rock,water, ice, snow and other objectionable sub-
stances. Picking,wedging, streams of water under high pressure, stream jets, ad
other effective means shall be used to clean exposed rock.
3. Except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings, rock shall be excavated to a depth 6
inches or more below bottom of structures.
M. Below-ground Demolition
1. Underground construction, pipe, and similar items indicated on the Drawings as to
be demolished or removed, shall be demolished and/or removed. Other items, not
indicated on the Drawings, which impede construction of new work indicated, shall
be abandoned, demolished and/or removed only with the approval of the Architect.
2. Pipe which is to be abandoned in place shall be suitably and permanently plugged at
end. Plug shall be stiff concrete,with a thickness, measured parallel to pipe axis of
1 pipe diameter,for pipe less than 18 inches in diameter. Both inner and outer faces
of plug for pipe equal to or greater than 18 inches in diameter shall be formed. Pipe
less than 4 inches in diameter need not be plugged.Abandoned pipes within pro-
w posed building(if exist) shall be removed or if left in place,they shall be properly
grouted.
3.04 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
go A. Subgrade preparation for spread and continuous wall footings shall be conducted in such a
way as to minimize disturbance of the silty/clayey subgrade. Dewater as necessary to pro-
vide stable subgrade.
B. Prior to any fill placement, proofroll/compact the exposed subgrade with a minimum of 4
passes of a vibratory drum roller having a minimum weight of 5,000 pounds (static weight). If
soft and unstable material is observed, it should be over-excavated and replaced with Granu-
lar Fill, compacted as specified herein at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Where test pit excavations extended below the future proposed footing subgrade level,they
should be re-excavated and backfilled with properly compacted Granular Fill or Sand-Gravel
Fill prior to foundation construction or fill placement.
3.05 PLACING EMBANKMENTS
A. Filling shall be done any area only after the Architect or Geotechnical Consultant has re-
viewed subgrade.
B. Benching: Fills placed on existing slopes which exceed 6 feet horizontal to 1 foot vertical
shall be keyed or benched into the existing slope not less than 5 feet to prevent the forma-
tion of slippage planes.
C. Compaction at End of Day: Areas undergoing filling shall be smooth-rolled before the end
of the work day to seal and protect these areas from rainfall infiltration during the night.
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-9
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
A. Excavate site as shown on the drawings. All suitable material must be stored on site and
utilized as backfill or in embankments. Surplus or unsuitable material shall be removed
and disposed of off the site.
B. Depressions Resulting from Removal of Obstructions
Where depressions result from, or have resulted from,the removal of surface or subsurface
obstructions, open the depression to equipment working width and remove all debris and soft
material as directed by the Architect.
C. Sheeting, shoring, bracing, pumping, bailing, and other incidental work necessary to make
and maintain excavations and keep them free from water at all times during placing of con-
crete, utility lines, and fill/backfill materials, shall be performed or supplied as required. Fill
and backfill shall be placed in dry or dewatered areas only.
D. Sheeting shall be installed, where required, to maintain safe and workable conditions in
excavations and where adjacent tree protection zones prohibit sloped trench walls without
damaging the trees. Sheeting, including necessary wales and struts, shall be selected and
designed by the Contractor. Use of sheeting shall equal or exceed minimum required for
safety and/or conformance to law and/or OSHA Standards.
E. Structures, pipes, pavement, earth, and other property liable to damage from excavation
operations shall be braced, underpinned, and supported as required to prevent damage
and movement.
F. As excavation approaches underground utilities and structures, excavation shall be done
by hand tools. Such manual excavation is incidental to normal excavation and no special
payment will be made.
on
G. Excavation shall include satisfactory disposal of excavated material not employed as back-
fill or fill material.
H. Excavation for pipe and other items shall be carried far enough below underside of item to
accommodate bedding material.
I. Excavations which extend below indicated or specified levels(over-excavation), shall be
filled to those levels with compacted Granular Fill.
J. If bearing surface of subgrade which is to receive fill, concrete footing, structure, or other
construction becomes softened, disturbed, or unstable, unsuitable material shall be re- ,
moved down to a firm bearing surface and replaced with suitable material at no additional
cost to the Owner. Subgrade shall then be protected from further disturbance until con-
struction item is placed.
K. Excavations shall not be wider than required to set, place, and remove forms for concrete,
install piping, or perform other necessary work. Width of trench at 12 inches above top of
pipe or conduit shall be less than the outside diameter of the pipe or the conduit plus 3
feet. Sides of trench shall be sloped in accordance with OSHA standards. In materials
where sloping walls are not stable, or tree damage may occur,trench walls shall be sup-
ported by sheeting or trench box.
1. Should it be necessary to lower the utilities below the grade indicated on the Draw-
ings because of existing pipes or structures, the excavation below normal grade
shall be made to such widths and depths as the Engineer may direct.
L. Rock excavation is not expected on this project. If rock is encountered, rock cuts shall be
excavated in accordance with MDPW Specifications Section 120.63, Presplitting Rock.
Use of explosives shall conform to MDPW Specifications Section 7.12 and as specified
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-8
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
Sieve Size % Passing by Weight
6 inches 100
No.4 30-95
No. 200 0- 15
C. Crushed stone shall satisfy the following limits:
Sieve Size % Passing by Weight
1 3/4 inch 100
1 1/2 inch 90- 100
1 inch 20-55
3/4 inch 0- 15
3/8 inch 0-5
PART 3.00- EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Prior Familiarization
Prior to all work of this Section, become thoroughly familiar with the site,the site condi-
tions, and all portions of the work failing within this Section.
B. The Contractor shall establish the baseline shown on the drawings and accurately lay out
all improvements related thereto. All work and control points shall be preserved by a sys-
tem of offsets and/or ties in order to prevent destruction. Elevations shall be established
from the project benchmark shown on the Contract Plans.
r C. Backfilling Prior to Approvals
1. Do not allow or cause any of the work performed or installed to be covered up or
enclosed by work of Section prior to all required inspections,tests and approvals.
2. Should any of the work be so enclosed or covered up before it has been approved,
uncover all such work at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. After the uncovered work has been completely tested, inspected and approved,
make all repairs and replacements necessary to restore the work to the condition in
which it was found at the time of uncovering, all at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Stripping of Topsoil
Any topsoil within "Limits of Work"and where excavation or filling will occur shall be
" stripped, cleaned of all rocks and debris and stockpiled on site for use in finish grading.
3.02 FINISH ELEVATIONS AND LINES
Contractor shall be responsible for setting and establishing finish elevations and lines,to the re-
quired tolerances. Carefully preserve all data and all monuments set and, if displaced or lost,
immediately replace to the approval of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.03 EXCAVATING
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-7
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
we
replaced with compacted Granular Fill Sand-Gravel, or Crushed Stone at the Contractor's
expense.
or
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FILL MATERIAL, GENERAL 4W
A. Approval Required
All fill material shall be subject to the approval of the Architect.
B. Notification
For approval of imported fill material, notify the Architect at least four working days in ad-
vance of intention to import material; designate the proposed borrow area, and permit the
Architect to sample, as necessary,from the borrow area for the purpose of making accep-
tance tests to prove the quality of the material. �^*
C. Fill material shall be well graded, natural inorganic soil, approved by the Architect and
meeting the following requirements:
1. It shall be free of organic or other weak or compressible materials, of frozen materi-
als, and of stones larger than six inches maximum dimensions.
2. It shall be of such nature and character that it can be compacted to the specified
densities in a reasonable length of time.
3. It shall be free from highly plastic clays, from all materials subject to decay, decom-
position, or dissolution and from cinders or other material which will corrode piping
or other metal.
4. It shall have a maximum dry density of not less than 100 lbs. per cubic foot.
2.02 FILL MATERIAL
Backfill material shall be well-graded within the specified limits. Gradation of materials shall be
determined in accordance with ASTM C 136.
A. Trench and structural fill shall be a gravelly sand or sand gravel graded with the following
limits
Sieve Size % Passing by Weight
6 inches 100
No. 4 30-80 A.
No. 40 5-30
No. 200 0-8
B. Common fill shall be bankrun sand, gravel, or mixture thereof, graded within the following
limits:
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-6 +s.
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
2. Material containing visible organic matter,topsoil, organic silt, peat, construction de-
bris, roots and stumps.
3. Material which has a Liquid Limit greater than 50.
4. Material designated in the field by the Geotechnical Consultant.
E. Topsoil -The upper layer of the soil profile which is supporting the growth of vegetation as
evidenced by the existence therein of numerous roots and other organic matter.
F. Subsoil-loose silt and fine dand layer located directly below the topsoil.
G. Rock and Boulder Excavation—shall be defined as removal of sound and solid mass,
layer, or ledge, or ledge of mineral matter as follows.
1. Rock excavation shall mean the removal of bedrock(ledge)which, in the opinion of
the Architect, requires for its removal, drilling and blasting, wedging, sledging or bar-
ring and boulders which, in the opinion of the Architect, require blasting for removal.
Rock excavation shall be made to the widths and depths directed by the Architect in
the field.
2. Boulder excavation shall mean the removal of rock fragments exceeding 3 cubic
yards in volume which can be removed without resorting to blasting.
1.15 COORDINATION
A. Prior to start of earthwork,the Contractor shall arrange an on-site meeting with the Archi-
tect for the purpose of establishing Contractor's schedule of operations and scheduling in-
spection procedures and requirements.
B. As construction proceeds,the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Architect
prior to start of earthwork operations requiring inspection and/or testing.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining test samples of soil materials proposed to
be used and transporting them to the site sufficiently in advance of time planned for use of
these materials for testing of materials to be completed. Use of these proposed materials
by the Contractor prior to testing and approval or rejection, shall be at the Contractor's risk.
1.16 ROCK AND BOULDER EXCAVATION
A. Rock and/or boulder excavation is not anticipated as a part of this contract. If it is encoun-
tered, the definitions in this section shall govern, and the contractor shall perform pre and
post blast surveys, and rock shall be quantified and paid for at the rate of$48 per cubic
yard. Rock excavation if encountered shall conform to the MDPW Standard Specifications.
1.17 DISTURBANCE OF EXCAVATED OR FILLED AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. The contractor shall take all necessary steps to avoid disturbance of subgrade, underlying
natural soils and compacted fill during excavation and filling operations. Methods of con-
struction shall be revised as necessary to avoid disturbance described above, including re-
stricting construction access and types of vehicles or equipment,dewatering, or other ac-
ceptable control measures. Disturbance shall be construed to include detereoration of
soils due to the contractor's operations, such as moving equipment, hauling, etc. The con-
tractor shall cooperate with the engineer to modify operations as necessary to minimize
disturbance and protect bearing soils.
B. All excavated or filled areas that are disturbed during construction, including all loose or
saturated soils,fill that cannot be compacted within 48 hours due to saturation and other
areas that will not meet compaction requirements as specified herein shall be removed and
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-5
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
nor any observations and testing performed by him shall excuse the Contractor from de-
fects discovered in his work.
C. Compaction Control
Wherever a percentage of compaction for backfill is indicated or specified, it shall be the in-
place dry density divided by the maximum dry density and multiplied by 100.
D. The maximum dry density shall be the density at optimum moisture as determined by
ASTM Standard Methods of Test for Moisture- Density Relations of Soil Using 10-lb.
Rammer and 18-inch Drop, Designation D1557-78. Where all of the material passes a No.
4 sieve, Method A shall be used, and where material is retained on the No. 4 sieve,
Method D shall be used.
E. The in-place dry density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM Standard Method of
Test for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method, Designation D1556-82 or ASTM
Standard Method of Test for Density of Soil in Place by Nuclear Methods, Designation
D2922-81.
1.12 FROST PROTECTION
Frozen, excessively moist or material containing snow shall not be placed as fill or backfill.
Special care should be taken when placing fill material when the temperature is below
32oF.
1.13 SHORING AND SHEETING
A. Provide shoring, sheeting and/or bracing at excavations, as required,to prevent collapse of
earth at site of excavations.
B. Comply with federal, state and local regulations and provisions of the Occupational Safety
and Heath Act(OSHA).
C. Remove sheeting and shoring and the like, as backfilling operations progress,taking all
necessary precautions to prevent collapse of excavation sides.
1.14 DEFINITIONS
A. Subgrade-shall be that portion of the soil or rock which remains after stripping of topsoil,
excavation, and prior to filling, or placement of roadway subbase. In proposed building
area, subgrade shall be soil or rock which remains after stripping of top soil and subsoil.
B. Embankment-shall be defined as any area on the site filled to raise grades to proposed
subgrade elevations. Embankments are placed in layers to a predetermined elevation and
cross-section.
C. Utility Trench Backfill- is the area bounded by the proposed finished subgrade and the
cover material over the respective pipe or conduit. This material shall conform with appli-
cable requirements for embankment, structural backfill or utility company requirements de-
pending on the area or zone into which the utility is installed.
D. Unsuitable Material -material which is classified as"unsuitable" shall be material having at
least one of the following properties:
1. Material with a maximum unit dry weight per cubic foot less than 90 lb. as deter-
mined by ASTM D 1557.
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
P4
of, and without cost to the Owner. Existing roads, sidewalks, and curbs damaged
during the project work shall be repaired or replaced to their original condition at the
N completion of operations. The Contractor shall replace, at his cost, existing bench
marks, monuments, and other reference points which are disturbed or destroyed.
3. Buried structures, utility lines, etc., including those which project less than 18 inches
above grade, which are subject to damage from construction equipment shall be
clearly marked to indicate the hazard. Markers shall indicate limits of danger areas,
by means which will be clearly visible to operators of trucks and other construction
equipment, and shall be maintained at all times until completion of project.
1.10 DRAINAGE AND DEWATERING
A. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, adequate pumping and drainage facili-
ties to keep excavated areas sufficiently dry from groundwater and/or surface runoff so as
not to adversely affect construction procedures or cause excessive disturbance of underly-
ing natural ground or footing and slab subgrades.
B. The Contractor shall grade and pitch the site as necessary to direct surface runoff away
from open excavations and subgrade surfaces. Positive drainage (minimum 1.0% slope)
shall be maintained at all times.
C. Water from trenches and excavations shall be routed through the temporary sediment ba-
sins in such a manner as will not cause injury to public health nor to public or private prop-
erty, not to the surface of roads,walks, and streets, not cause any interference with the
use of the same by the public. Methods of disposal of pumped effluent shall not cause
erosion or siltation.
40 D. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor place fills, pour concrete, or install piping and
appurtenances in excavations containing free water.
E. There shall be sufficient pumping equipment, in good working order, available at all times
to remove water.
F. Where, in the opinion of the Architect, pumping of excavations is not effective in maintain-
ing a dry,firm subgrade, other acceptable dewatering methods shall be employed.
1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Owner reserves the right to retain an independent testing laboratory to perform on-site
observation and testing during the following phases of the construction operations. The
services of the testing laboratory may include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Observation during excavation and replacement of existing fill under paved or slab
areas.
2. Observation of compaction of paved and slab area subgrades.
3. Observation during placement and compaction of fills.
4. Laboratory testing and analysis of fill and bedding materials specified,as required.
5. Observation of subgrade preparation for paved or slab areas.
6. Observe construction and perform water content, gradation, and compaction tests at
a frequency and at locations determined by the testing agency. The results of these
tests will be submitted to the Architect, copy to the Contractor, on a timely basis so
that the Contractor can take such action as is required to remedy indicated deficien-
cies.
7. Observation of fills following interruptions by rains or other inclement weather.
B. The testing agency's presence does not include supervision or direction of the actual work
by the Contractor, his employees or agents. Neither the presence of the testing agency,
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
1. Clearing and preparation of site.
2. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil.
3. Protection of embankments, environmental controls.
4. Excavation:
a. General excavation to lines and grades indicated.
b. Excavation and backfill of utilities.
C. Excavation and backfill of rock and boulders in areas of construction. W#
5. General exterior rough grading, cutting and filling required.
6. Filling and backfilling as required for walls, pile caps, and columns including furnish-
ing of any extra material required.
7. Base and subbase course materials under structures, pavements, slabs and
footings, including compaction.
8. Structural backfill at over-excavated areas.
9. Excavation and disposal of excess or unsuitable material. Excavation shall include
removal and satisfactory disposal of all unclassified material encountered
throughout the site.
10. Removal, hauling and stockpiling of suitable excavated materials for subsequent use
in the work.
11. All rehandling, hauling and placing of stockpiled materials for use in refilling,filling,
backfilling, grading and other such operations.
12. Pumping and dewatering of excavation as may be required.
1.07 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE
A. Site Demolition, Clearing and Grubbing..............................................Section 02100
B. Bituminous Concrete Pavement..........................................................Section 02600
C. Topsoil for Seeding..............................................................................Section 02850
1.08 SUBMITTALS
Submit a 50 lb. sample of each type of fill (off-site and on-site)to testing laboratory in an air tight
container at least seven (7) days prior to use. Submit the name of each material supplier and
specific type and source of each material. Any change in source throughout the project requires
written approval by the architect or engineer.
1.09 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Dust Control
1. Use all means necessary to control dust on and near the work and on and near all
off-site borrow areas, if such dust is caused by the Contractor's operations during
performance of the work or if resulting from the condition in which the Contractor
leaves the site.
2. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust being a nuisance to the
public, neighbors and concurrent performance or other work on the site.
B. Protection of Existing Structure and Utilities
1. The work shall be executed in such manner as to prevent any damage to adjacent
property and any other property and existing improvements such as, but not limited
to: streets, curbs, paving,trees, utility lines and structures, monuments, bench
marks and other public and private property, and to protect existing structures and
foundations from damage caused by settlement, lateral earth movement, undermin-
ing, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. "*
2. In case of any damage or injury caused in the performance of the work,the Contrac-
tor shall, at his own expense, make good such damage or injury to the satisfaction
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-2
t!
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
SECTION 02200
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Attention is called to the requirements of the printed Form of Contract and to Division 1 -General
Requirements, of which this section is hereby made a part.
1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED
A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in
this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard es-
tablished for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpre-
tation.
1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Docu-
ment not clarified by addendum,the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be pro-
vided, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation (See Article 1 of the General and
Supplementary Conditions).
1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall become thoroughly familiar with the site, consult records and draw-
ings of adjacent structures and of existing utilities and their connections, and note all condi-
tions which may influence the work of this Section.
B. By submitting a bid, the Contractor affirms that he has carefully examined the site and all
conditions affecting work under this Section. No claim for additional costs will be allowed
because of lack of full knowledge of existing conditions.
C. The Contractor may, at his own expense, conduct additional subsurface testing as required
ow for his own information.
1.05 INFORMATION NOT GUARANTEED
A. Information on the Drawings and in the Specifications relating to subsurface conditions,
natural phenomena, and existing utilities and structures is from the best sources presently
available. Such information is furnished only for the information and convenience of the
Contractor, and the accuracy or completeness of this information is not guaranteed.
B. Plans, surveys, measurements, and dimensions under which the work is to be performed
are believed to be correct, but the Contractor shall have examined them for himself during
the bidding period, as no additional compensation will be made for errors and inaccuracies
may be found therein.
1.06 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Excavating,filling and grading required for this work includes, but is not necessarily limited
to the following:
EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 1
am
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group go
Any items that are designated for salvage and delivery to Owner or for salvage and re-use shall
be carefully removed as to not damage,scratch or otherwise marr the object in any way, and then
shall then be stored by the Contractor until such time as the Contractor is ready for installation of •e
the item. Installation of salvaged items shall include footings or any other necessary installation
procedures required for the complete, safe use of the item installed.
.o
END OF SECTION
DEMOLITION, CLEARING AND GRUBBING 02100-4 .�
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
E. Disconnection of Utilities
Before starting site operations, disconnect or arrange for disconnection of all utility services
designated to be removed or that require temporary discontinuance for the duration of the
work, as shown in the drawings, performing all such work in accordance with the require-
ments of the utility company or agency involved.
F. Protection of Utilities
Preserve, in operating condition, all active utilities traversing the site and not designated to
be disconnected.
G. Perform demolition work in accordance with applicable rules, regulations, codes and ordi-
nances of local, State and Federal Authorities, and in accordance with the requirements of
Public Utility Corporations having jurisdiction over the work. Obtain and pay for all neces-
sary permits, licenses and certificates and give all notices as required during the perform-
40 ance of the demolition work.
H. Protection of Existing Trees
PM 1. All trees noted on construction documents as to be preserved, shall be protected dur-
ing construction.
2. Tree protection shall consist of enclosing the tree with temporary snow fencing.The
diameter of the fencing shall have a minimum diameter of 5' beyond the tree's dripline.
3. All equipment and stockpiles shall be kept off of the enclosed area.
4. If any construction is required through the area of protection, all efforts shall be
made to minimize disturbance to the tree trunk, branches and root system. Any roots en-
countered during construction shall be either trenched around or avoided if possible and/or
hand pruned.
5. Trees should receive a root fertilization treatment.
I. Topsoil Testinq
Contractor shall be responsible for testing of existing topsoil by approved testing agency.
3.03 DEMOLITION
All items designated to be salvaged shall be carefully removed from the site so as not to damage
them. Damaged items shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no extra charge to the
Owner.The contractor shall take possession of all demolished materials not scheduled for reuse
and completely remove from site and legally dispose of same.
3.04 REMOVAL OF DEBRIS
Remove all debris from the site and leave the site in a neat and orderly condition to the approval
of the Landscape Architect.
3.05 SALVAGE OF ITEMS FOR RE-USE
DEMOLITION,CLEARING AND GRUBBING 02100- 3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
1.04 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Dust and Mud Control +••
Use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust and mud during performance of the
work of the Section;thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent mud and dust
from being a nuisance to the site residents and the neighbors.
PART 2.00-PRODUCTS
2.01 OTHER MATERIALS
All materials, not specifically described, but required for proper completion of the work of this Sec-
tion, shall be as selected by the Contractor, subject to approval of the Landscape Architect.
PART 3.00- EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION �*
A. Notification
Notify the Landscape Architect at least two full working days prior to commencing the work
of this Section.
B. Site Inspection
Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the entire site and all objects designated
to be removed and to be preserved.
C. Clarification
1. The drawings do not purport to show all objects existing on the site.
2. Before commencing the work of this Section, verify with the Landscape Architect all
objects to be removed and all objects to be preserved. *"
D. Schedulinq
1. Schedule all work in a careful manner with all necessary consideration for the
Owner. Before commencing any work, submit a schedule for review to the Land-
scape Architect showing the commencement, the order and the completion dates for
the various parts of this work.
2. Avoid interference with use of, and passage to and from, adjacent buildings and fa-
cilities.
3. Prior to any work performed on the site,the Contractor shall notify Dig Safe at the
following number, 1-800-322-4844. Notification of Dig Safe is a requirement prior to ..
construction.
an
DEMOLITION, CLEARING AND GRUBBING 02100-2 No
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project The Berkshire Design Group
SECTION 02100
�w
DEMOLITION, CLEARING & GRUBBING
Part 1.00-GENERAL
1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. Attention is directed to the requirements of the printed form of Contract and to General Re-
quirements of which this section is hereby made a part.
1.02 DESCRIPTION
A. Work by General Contractor
Demolition, clearing and grubbing required for this work includes, but is not necessarily lim-
ited to removal and disposal, removal and delivery to the Owner,or removal and reuse of
the following:
1. Bituminous pavement, curbing
"M 2. Utilities
3. Trees, shrubs,vegetation
4. Debris and rubble within project
5. Protection of trees and items to remain
6. Concrete slabs,footings,foundations
7. Other items as noted on the drawings
B. Related Work Described Elsewhere
Excavating, Filling and Grading...........................................................Section 02200
C. Definitions
The term "demolition,clearing and grubbing," as used herein, includes the removal of all
existing objects (except for those objects designated to remain)down to the existing
ground level, including their underground root systems, plus such other work as is de-
scribed in this Section of these Specifications.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during demolition operations
and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the procedures involved and who shall direct and
coordinate the operation and ensure coordination with the applicable utility agencies.
B. Codes and Standards
In addition to complying with all pertinent code and regulations, comply with the require-
ments of those insurance carriers providing coverage for this work.
DEMOLITION, CLEARING AND GRUBBING 02100- 1
4
CLIENT PROJECT NAME
CLARENCE WELTI ASSOC., INC.
P.O. BOX 397 APARTMENT BUILDING
LOCATION
GLASTONBURY,CONN 06033 36 BEDFORD TERRACE
DIETZ&COMPANY NORTHAMPTON MA
SURFACE ELEV.
AUGER CASING SAMPLER CORE 8:1R. OFFSET MOLE NO. B-3
TYPE HSA SS LINE SSTA. GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS START
w SIZE I.D. 3.75" 1.375" DATE 5/26106
N.COORDINATE AT noneFT.AFreR Q Houus
HAMMER%VT. I 140lbs AT Fr.AFTER HOURS FINISH
HAMMER FALL 30" E.COORDINATE DATE 5126/06
w SAMPLE- STRATUM DESCRIPTION
DEPTH NO. BLOWS/6% DEPTH A +REMARKS ELEV.
1 2-6-10-11 0.00'-2.00' :: TOPSOIL .50
BR.FINE-CRS.SAND,LITTLE GRAVEL,TRACE SILT-FILL
!A
2 6-3-3-3 2.08'-4.00' :: GRAY SILT,LITTLE CLAY 2 0
5 3 3-5-6-7 4.00'-6.00' 4.5
GRAY/BR.SILT,LITTLE CLAY
10
4 3-5-7 10.001-11.50'
15
5 2.5-3 15.00'-16.50'
RED/BR.FINE SAND,SOME SILT 17'0
20
6 10-10-23 20.00'-21.50'
GRAY/BR.SILT,LITTLE FINE-MED.SAND,TRACE GRAVEL& 21.5
CLAY
25
7 5-9-10 25.00'-26.50'
29.0
� 8 60 29.00'-29.25' kSANDSTONE 29.3
30 AUGER REFUSAL @ 29.3'
! !�
LEGEND:COL.A: DRILLER: BREWER
INSPECTOR:
SAMPLETYPE: D=DRY A-AUGER C--CORE U=UN DISTURBED PISTON S=SPLITSPOON
PROPORTIONS USED: TRACE=D-10% LITTLE=10-209 SOME-20-35% ARID=35-50°.x" SHEET 1 OF 1 HOLE NO. B-3
CLIENT PROJECT NAME
CLARENCE WELTI ASSOC., INC.
<<- APARTMENT BUILDING
P.O.SOX 397
GLASTONBURY,CONN 06033 LOCATION 36 BEDFORD TERRACE
DIETZ&COMPANY NORTHAMPTON MA
AUGER CASING SAMPLER CORE BAR. OFFSET SURFACE ELEV.
HOLE NO. B-2
TYPE HSA SS LINE&STA. GROUNDWATER OBSERVATIONS START
SIZE I.D. 3.75" 1.375" DATE 5/26106
� N.COORDINATE AT Honer-r.AFTER 0 Houas
HAMMER WT. 140lbs AT FT.AFTER HOURS FINISH
HAMMER FALL 30"
E.COORDINATE DATE 5126/06
SAMPLE STRATUM DESCRIPTION
ELEV.
DEPTH NO BLOWS/6" DEPTH A +REMARKS
0 1 2-3-3-12 0.00'-2.00' BR.FINE-MED.SAND,LITTLE SILT&GRAVEL,FEW COBBLES 40
pw -FILL 1.5
2 3-4-5-6 2.00'-4.00' = BR.FINE SAND,SOME SILT,TRACE BRICK,WOOD,ROOTS&
COBBLES-FILL
X11 5 3 5-6-10-73 4.00'-6.00' 4.5
GRAY/BR.SILT,LITTLE CLAY
I
10
4 3-8-13 10.00'-11.50'
REDIBR.FINE SAND,SOME SILT 11'5
15 ;; GRAY/BR.SILT AND FINE-MED.SAND,TRACE GRAVEL 15.0
5 6-11-10 15.00'-16.50'
20
6 12-28-19 20.00'-21.50'
25
7 8-12-14 25.00'-26.50'
30
8 10-13-19 30.00'-31.50'
BOTTOM OF BORING @ 31.5' 31.5
DRILLER: BREWER
LEGEND:COL.A: INSPECTOR:
SAMPLE TYPE: D=DRY A=AUGER C=CORE U=UNDISTURBED PISTON S=SPLIT SPOON
PROPORTIONS USED: TRACES-10 96 LITTLE-10-20% SOME=20-35 946 AND=35-50 16 SHEET 1 OF 1 HOLE NO. B-2
tw
CLIENT PROJECT NAME
CLARENCE WELTI ASSOC.,INC.
P.O.BOX 397 LOCATION APARTMENT BUILDING
GLASTONBURY,CONN 06033 36 BEDFORD TERRACE
DIETZ&COMPANY NORTHAMPTON.MA
AUGER CASING SAMPLER CORE-BAR OFFSET SURFACE ELEV.
BOLE NQ. B-1
TYPE HSA SS LINE&STA.
GROUND WATER OBSERVATIONS START 5126106
!? SIZE I.D. 3.75" 1.375" DATE
N.COORDINATE AT none FT.AFTER 0 HOURS
HAMMER%VT. 140lbs AT FT.AFTER FLOURS FINISH
HAMM ER FALL 30" E.COORDINATE DATE 5126106
! SAMPLE STRATUM DESCRIPTION
DEPTH NO. HLOWSI6" DEPTH A +REMARKS ELEV.
1 5-7-8 0.50'-2.00' ASPHALT 10
GRAY FINE-MED.SAND.SOME GRAVEL,LITTLE SILT- FILL ol
B.R.FINE-MED.SAND,SOME SILT&GRAVEL-FILL
2 5-6-8-13 2.00'-4.00'
GRAYIBR.SILT,LITTLE CLAY 3.0
3 8-8-9-12 4.00'-6.00'
5
!�► 10
4 8-16-13 1D.D0'-11.50'
REDIBR.FINE SAND,SOME SILT 11.0
GRAY/BR.FINE-MED.SAND AND SILT,LITTLE GRAVEL 14'0
15
5 7-5-10 15.00'-16.50'
20
6 6-10-13 20.09-21.50'
25
7 6-12-15 25.00'-25.50'
30
8 5-8-12 30.00'-31.50'
BOTTOM OF BORING @ 31.5' 31.5
OR DRILLER: BREWER
LEGEND:COL.A:
INSPECTOR:
SAIIIPLE TYPE: D=DRY A-AUGER C=CORE U-UNDISTURBED PISTON S=SPLIT SPOON
1M11 PROPOR'I•IONS USED: TRACE=0-IOR,o LITTLE=10-20°.o SOME=20-330% AND=35-50% SHEET 1 OF 1 HOLE NO. B-1
05/18/08 14:36 FAX Qloai
to Alit
I
\ly o a4i i1�0
pip
1
I I
� N'fit `s• � �' I' � , I � ,
—W
�nt�9L
a
�.27 a� 7zr a• 1
t
�` I a of
NOR
Lip ,
e/ {fit I 0. m
!L a w.t
9 i s1
n s �i I I I nut
a ,
/ c'�y/• ry I E @4 I I
G y I I
�a I ill35f 1
+ 1
tVnV• al I girl I
2 � t
zav Nn
-� 1n$ I I 1
.. -�.. =M
w
6.1 All existing fills an organic soils shall be removed from beneath floor slabs and replaced with
controlled fill which conforms to section 6.0 above. There shall be at least 12" of material
conforming to the gradation in Section 6.0 beneath slabs on grade (if any). The 4" layer directly
beneath slabs on grade shall be with 3/8"crushed stone. A vapor barrier is required under slabs on
grade.
6.2 There shall be at least 12" of 3/8" crashed stone under the basement floors or floor areas which
are below the finished site grades.Footing drains are required at all areas where the floor is below
exterior grades.An Interior under drains is recommended thru the center of the building.Water stops
are required at wall/footing interface and at the wall/floor interface. Dependent on final use of the
area waterproofing may be required under the floor and on the walls.The requirements for drainage
and waterproofing should be reviewed when a floor elevation and available drainage outlet have
been established.
7.0 Regarding earthwork the soils will fall in OSHA Class C. This classification requires that
excavations,which exceed 5 feet and not shored,must be cut back to slopes of 1.5H:1.OV(i.e.,34°),
or flatter.
8.0 This report has been prepared for specific application to the subject project in accordance with
generally accepted soil and foundation engineering practices.No other warranty,express or implied,
is made. Assumptions have preliminarily been made as regards the proposed configuration of the
project.In the event that there are significant changes in the assumed configuration,the conclusions
and recommendations contained in this report should not be considered valid unless the changes are
reviewed and conclusions of this report modified or verified in writing.
The analyses and recommendations submitted in this report are based in part upon data obtained
from referenced explorations.The explorations were taken at spaces between borings of 300+feet.
The extent of variations between explorations may not become evident until construction. If
variations then appear evident, it will be necessary to re-evaluate the recommendations of this
report.
Dr.Clarence Welti,P.E.,P.C.,should perform a general review of the final design and specifications
in order that geotechnical design recommendations may be properly interpreted and implemented
as they were intended. This report is preliminary from the standpoint that grading has not been
provided and a basementfloor elevation at the building have not been determined.A final report
may be required to address specific areas of concern, when that information is available.
If you have any questions please call me. „
Very truly yo
Clarence Weld Ph.D.,P.E.
President, Dr. Clarence Weld P.E.;P.C.
4 "'
the loading shall be the greater of the following two cases:
1. Seismic loading combined with active loading (coefficient of 0.28)
2. At-rest loading without seismic loading
5.3 The Frost protection depth is 4.0 feet below finished grades, in areas exposed to weather.
5.4 The following is a summary of the preliminary design parameters:
.............
W. :M
........... a ......
Allowable Bearing Pressure on 2 Tonstsf
Crushed Stone
Soil Weight(Backfill) 125 pcf
At Rest Coefficient 0.45
Active Coefficient 0.28
S Coefficient(seismic) 1.0
Sliding Coefficient 0.6
A.Peak Velocity Related 0.12
Acceleration
H Frost Protection Depth 4.0 feet
This weight is based on the soil gradation in Section 6.0 below
6.0 Controlled fills,backfill of walls and columns, and fill beneath floors shall conform to the
following gradation or be 3/8" crushed stone.
rMin..
41
100 3.511
50- 100 3/411
25 -75 No.4
The fraction,passing the No.4 sieve shall have less than 15%,passing the No. 200 sieve.The
material shall be compacted to least 95% of modified optimum density (ASTM 1557 D).
The on site soils will generally not conform to this gradation.
3
on
3.1 The Groundwater was not evident in the boreholes at the completion of the borings.The soils
in the silt/claystratum below about 6 feet had water contents close to saturation levels.The silt/clay
soils will be very sensitive to remolding beneath equipment.
4.0 The Criteria for Foundation Type and Loading are as follows:
1. The maximum total settlement shall not exceed 3/4" and the maximum differential
settlement shall not exceed I/2 the maximum settlement.
2. The foundation type and structure must address the Seismic section of the building code.
3. The Slab on Grade must not settle differentially more than I/2"in excess of the structure
subsidence.
77te above criteria are those normally applied to structures with similar character to the subject
structure. The foundation recommendations, included herein, are premised on these criteria.If the
owner, the architect or structural engineer have more stringent criteria, the writer should be
informed
4.1 Regarding item 2 above,the site coefficient for preliminary seismic design can be 5,=1.0.The
peak velocity related acceleration is A,=0.12. The sliding factor for foundations over a crushed
stone layer can be ('Tan S)=0.5.
5.0 The foundations for the structure can be spread footings.The footings can be on the natural
inorganic soils at least 4 feet below the existing grades(to below any loose or frost disturbed soils), .�
or on a controlled compacted gravel fill placed after the removal of any existing fills and frost
disturbed soils (assume removal to at least 4 feet below the existing grades).With a full basement
level the foundation sub grade will be either on the SILT/Clay stratum or on the fine SAND with
some Silt stratum.The SILT/Clay soils will be very sensitive to remolding beneath equipment.To
address this condition there should be a minimum 12"layer of 3/8"crushed stone atop a geotextile
beneath the foundations, the floor slab, and as an initial layer beneath controlled fills. The final
excavation to the sub grades should be made with a smooth bladed bucket to minimize disturbance
to the soils.
5.1 The allowable bearing pressure on the crushed stone over the natural soils or on the controlled
fill can be 1.5 Tons/sf. This value can be increased by 1/3 for seismic and wind loadings. At
retaining wall footings the maximum (toe) pressure can be 2 Tons/sf.
5.2 Lateral loading on retaining walls within the structure shall be based on at-rest pressure as
defined in the table below. Exterior retaining walls apart from the building can be designed with
active pressure.
5.2.1 The lateral loading from seismic occurrences would be a uniform pressure of 11H psf,
where H is the height of the basement wall. In defining the total design pressure on basement walls
2 •"
DR. CLARENCE WELT[, P.E., P.C.
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
227 Williams Street • P.O.Box 397
Glastonbury,CT 06033
(860)633-4623/FAX(860)657-2514
June 12, 2006
-_�• ;f ED
Mr. Kerry L. Dietz AIA #
Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. `!1'IN ju�'J
17 Hampton Street 1
Springfield,MA 01103 �U & .ARC
Re: Geotechnical Study for Proposed Student Apartment Building
36 Bedford Terrace,Northhampton,MA
Dear Mr. Dietz:
1.0 Herewith are boring data pertaining to the above. Three borings were drilled to a maximum
depth of 31.5 feet below the existing grades. The boring locations are shown on the attached plan.
The borings were drilled by Clarence Weld Associates, Inc. and sampling was conducted by this
firm solely to obtain indications of subsurface conditions as part of a geotechnical exploration
program. No services were performed to evaluate subsurface environmental conditions.
2.0 The subject project will be an apartment building with a footprint of about 3,000 sf. The
building will be a three story wood framed structure with a basement level. The proposed floor
elevations and finished site grades were not available for this study.There appears is about 3 feet
of topographic relief across the proposed building footprint(Elev149 to Elev.146).The building site
is currently a paved parking off of State Street. The parking lot is located to the north of the
structures which face Bedford Terrace
3.0 The Soils Cross Section from the borings is generally as follows:
Asphalt to about 2" atop Gravel Base to about 6"; or Topsoil to about 6"
FILL; Fine to medium SAND, some Gravel, little Silt; or fine SAND, some Silt, trace Brick,
Wood, and Roots to 1.5 to 4.5 feet, loose to medium compact
SILT, little Clay to 11 to 17.5 feet, medium stiff to stiff
Fine SAND, some Silt to 14 to 21.5 feet,medium compact to dense
Moraine; SILT and fine to medium SAND,little Gravel, trace Clay to the top of bedrock at 29
to 31+feet,medium compact to dense
1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy.
3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.
C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal
operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
I. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days'advance notice.
D. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove instructional
equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use.
3.3 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEOTAPES
A. General: Engage a qualified commercial photographer to record demonstration and training videotapes.
Record each training module separately. Include classroom instructions and demonstrations, board
iwr diagrams,and other visual aids, but not student practice.
I. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning objective and lesson
outline.
B. Videotape Format: Provide high-quality VHS color videotape in full-size cassettes.
C. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise necessary to show area
of demonstration and training. Display continuous running time.
END OF SECTION 01820
l
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820-5
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
M. Special operating instructions and procedures.
5. Adjustments: Include the following:
a. Alignments.
b. Checking adjustments.
C. Noise and vibration adjustments.
d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
6. Troubleshooting. Include the following:
a. Diagnostic instructions.
b. Test and inspection procedures.
7. Maintenance: Include the following:
a. Inspection procedures.
b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
C. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
d. Procedures for routine cleaning
e. Procedures for preventive maintenance.
f. Procedures for routine maintenance.
g. Instruction on use of special tools.
8. Repairs: Include the following.
a. Diagnosis instructions.
b. Repair instructions.
C. Disassembly;component removal, repair,and replacement;and reassembly instructions.
d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.
e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module.
Assemble training modules into a combined training manual.
B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.
w.
3.2 INSTRUCTION
A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to
coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, *"
instruction times, and location.
B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems,
subsystems,and equipment not part of a system.
I. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements,
criteria,and regulatory requirements.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820-4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
1M
8. HVAC instrumentation and controls.
9. Electrical service and distribution, including transformers, switchboards, panelboards and motor
controls.
10. Lighting equipment and controls.
11. Communication systems, including intercommunication, surveillance voice and data and television
equipment.
I
B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a
description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module,
include instruction for the following:
I. Basis of System Design,Operational Requirements,and Criteria: Include the following:
a. System,subsystem,and equipment descriptions.
b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.
C. Operating standards.
d. Regulatory requirements.
e. Equipment function.
f. Operating characteristics.
g. Limiting conditions.
h. Performance curves.
2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:
a. Emergency manuals.
b. Operations manuals.
C. Maintenance manuals.
d. Project Record Documents.
e. Identification systems.
f. Warranties and bonds.
g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.
3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Instructions on meaning of warnings,trouble indications,and error messages.
b. Instructions on stopping.
C. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.
e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
f. Special operating instructions and procedures.
4. Operations: Include the following,as applicable:
a. Startup procedures.
t b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
C. Routine and normal operating instructions.
d. Regulation and control procedures.
e. Control sequences.
f. Safety procedures.
g. Instructions on stopping.
h. Normal shutdown instructions.
i. Operating procedures for emergencies.
j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem,or equipment failure.
k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
Pill 1. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820-3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project ow
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance w*!
personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and
whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance.
B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in
Division I Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and
training.
1W
C. Photographer Qualifications: A professional photographer who is experienced photographing
construction projects.
D. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related
to demonstration and training including, but not limited to,the following:
I. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction.
2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials,
instructors' personnel,audiovisual equipment,and facilities needed to avoid delays.
3. Review required content of instruction.
4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and
procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable.
.A
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize
disrupting Owner's operations.
B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and
course content
C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and r,
maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has
been reviewed and approved by Architect.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each
system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections, and as
follows:
1. Motorized doors, including automatic entrance doors. �*
2. Fire-protection systems, including fire alarm and fire-extinguishing systems.
3. Intrusion detection systems.
4. Conveying systems, including elevators .
5. Heat generation,including boilers, pumps, and distribution piping.
6. Refrigeration systems, including chillers,condensers,pumps and distribution piping.
7. HVAC systems, including air-handling equipment,air distribution systems and terminal equipment
and devices.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820-2 .�+
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01820- DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 -GENERAL
iw
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel,
including the following:
I. Demonstration of operation of systems,subsystems,and equipment.
2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems,subsystems,and equipment.
3. Demonstration and training videotapes.
B. Related Sections include the following:
I. Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for preinstruction
conferences.
2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for demonstration and training for
products in those Sections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Instruction Program: Submit two copies of outline of instructional program for demonstration and
training, including a schedule of proposed dates,times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names
for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.
I. At completion of training,-submit one complete training manual(s)for Owner's use.
B. Qualification Data: For facilitator and instructor.
C. Attendance Record: For each training module,submit list of participants and length of instruction time.
D. Demonstration and Training Videotapes: Submit two copies within seven days of end of each training
module.
I. Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following information:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and address of photographer.
C. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date videotape was recorded.
f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and
elevation or story of construction.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820- 1
wo
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
E. HVAC&R Distribution System Testing. Provide technicians, instrumentation, tools, and equipment to
test performance of air,exhaust;and other distribution systems.
END OF SECTION 01815
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 01815-4 .■
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
3.3 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide technicians, instrumentation, and tools to perform commissioning test at the direction of the
CxA.
B. Scope of HVAC&R testing shall include entire HVAC&R installation, from central equipment for heat
generation and refrigeration through distribution systems to each conditioned space. Testing shall
include measuring capacities and effectiveness of operational and control functions.
O C. Test all operating modes, interlocks, control responses, and responses to abnormal or emergency
conditions,and verify proper response of building automation system controllers and sensors.
D. The CxA along with the HVAC&R contractor , testing and balancing contractor , and HVAC&R
Instrumentation and Control contractor or electrical contractor shall prepare detailed testing plans,
procedures,and checklists for HVAC&R systems,subsystems,and equipment.
E. Tests will be performed using design conditions whenever possible.
` F. Simulated conditions may need to be imposed using an artificial load when it is not practical to test
under design conditions. Before simulating conditions, calibrate testing instruments. Provide equipment
to simulate loads. Set simulated conditions as directed by the CxA and document simulated conditions
and methods of simulation. After tests, return settings to normal operating conditions.
G. The CxA may direct that set points be altered when simulating conditions is not practical.
H. The CxA may direct that sensor values be altered with a signal generator when design or simulating
conditions and altering set points are not practical.
I. If tests cannot be completed because of a deficiency outside the scope of the HVAC&R system,
document the deficiency and report it to the Owner. After deficiencies are resolved, reschedule tests.
J. If the testing plan indicates specific seasonal testing, complete appropriate initial performance tests and
documentation and schedule seasonal tests.
3.4 HVAC&R SYSTEMS,SUBSYSTEMS,AND EQUIPMENT TESTING PROCEDURES
_ ! A. HVAC&R Instrumentation and Control System Testing: Field testing plans and testing requirements are
specified in Division 15 Sections "HVAC Instrumentation and Controls" and "Sequence of Operation."
Assist the CxA with preparation of testing plans.
B. Pipe system cleaning, flushing, hydrostatic tests, and chemical treatment requirements are specified in
Division 15 piping Sections. HVAC&R contractor shall prepare a pipe system cleaning, flushing, and
hydrostatic testing plan.
C. Energy Supply System Testing: Provide technicians, instrumentation, tools, and equipment to test
performance of hot-water systems and equipment at the direction of the CxA. The CxA shall
determine the sequence of testing and testing procedures for each equipment item and pipe section to
be tested.
D. Refrigeration System Testing: Provide technicians, instrumentation, tools, and equipment to test
!?'! performance of refrigerant compressors and condensers. The CxA shall determine the sequence of
testing and testing procedures for each equipment item and pipe section to be tested.
am
RM COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 01815 - 3
.w
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
1.5 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION
A. Provide the following information in the commissioning plan:
1. Construction checklists and manufacturer's prestart and startup checklists for HVAC&R systems,
assemblies,equipment,and components to be verified and tested.
2. Certificate of readiness certifying that HVAC&R systems, subsystems, equipment, and associated
controls are ready for testing.
3. Test and inspection reports and certificates.
4. Corrective action documents. wF
PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 TESTING PREPARATION
A. Certify that HVAC&R systems, subsystems, and equipment have been installed, calibrated, and started
and are operating according to the Contract Documents.
B. Certify that HVAC&R instrumentation and control systems have been completed and calibrated, that
they are operating according to the Contract Documents, and that pretest set points have been
recorded.
C. Certify that testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures have been completed and that testing,adjusting,
and balancing reports have been submitted, discrepancies corrected,and corrective work approved.
D. Set systems, subsystems, and equipment into operating mode to be tested (e.g., normal shutdown,
normal auto position, normal manual position, unoccupied cycle, emergency power, and alarm
conditions).
E. Inspect and verify the position of each device and interlock identified on checklists.
F. Check safety cutouts, alarms, and interlocks with smoke control and life-safety systems during each
mode of operation.
G. Testing Instrumentation: Install measuring instruments and logging devices to record test data as
directed by the CxA.
3.2 TESTING AND BALANCING VERIFICATION
A. Prior to performance of testing and balancing Work, provide copies of reports,sample forms, checklists,
and certificates to the CxA.
B. Notify the CxA at least 10 days in advance of testing and balancing Work, and provide access for the
CxA to witness testing and balancing Work.
C. Provide technicians, instrumentation, and tools to verify testing and balancing of HVAC&R systems at
the direction of the CxA.
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 01815 -2
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01815-COMMISSIONING OF HVAC
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
MR A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes commissioning process requirements for HVAC&R systems, assemblies, and
equipment.
B. Related Sections:
I. Division I Section "General Commissioning Requirements" for general commissioning process
requirements.
1.3 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Perform commissioning tests at the direction of the CxA.
B. Attend construction phase controls coordination meeting.
C. Attend testing,adjusting,and balancing review and coordination meeting.
D. Participate in HVAC&R systems, assemblies, equipment, and component maintenance orientation and
inspection as directed by the CxA.
E. Provide information requested by the CxA for final commissioning documentation.
! ' F. Provide measuring instruments and logging devices to record test data, and provide data acquisition
equipment to record data for the complete range of testing for the required test period.
1.4 CxA'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Provide Project-specific construction checklists and commissioning process test procedures for actual
HVAC&R systems, assemblies, equipment, and components to be furnished and installed as part of the
construction contract.
B. Direct commissioning testing.
C. Verify testing,adjusting,and balancing of Work are complete.
D. Provide test data, inspection reports,and certificates in Systems Manual.
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 01815 - 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
H. Witness systems,assemblies,equipment,and component startup.
I. Compile test data, inspection reports, and certificates; include them in the systems manual and
commissioning process report.
PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used)
q, PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 0 18 10
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810-3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
.e,
I. CxA: The designated person, company, or entity that plans, schedules, and coordinates the
commissioning team to implement the commissioning process.
B. Members Appointed by Owner:
I. Representatives of the facility user and operation and maintenance personnel. .�
2. Architect and engineering design professionals.
1.5 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Provide the OPR documentation to the Contractor for information and use.
B. Assign operation and maintenance personnel and schedule them to participate in commissioning team
activities.
C. Provide the BoD documentation, prepared by Architect and approved by Owner,to the Contractor for
use in developing the commissioning plan,systems manual,and operation and maintenance training plan.
wn
1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Contractor shall assign representatives with expertise and authority to act on its behalf and shall
schedule them to participate in and perform commissioning process activities including, but not limited
to,the following:
1. Evaluate performance deficiencies identified in test reports and, in collaboration with entity
responsible for system and equipment installation, recommend corrective action.
2. Cooperate with the CxA for resolution of issues recorded in the Issues Log.
3. Attend commissioning team meetings held on a weekly basis.
4. Integrate and coordinate commissioning process activities with construction schedule. '
S. Review and accept construction checklists provided by the CxA.
6. Review and accept commissioning process test procedures provided by the CxA.
7. Complete commissioning process test procedures. feu
1.7 CxA'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Organize and lead the commissioning team.
B. Provide commissioning plan. �!
C. Convene commissioning team meetings.
w
D. Provide Project-specific construction checklists and commissioning process test procedures.
E. Verify the execution of commissioning process activities using random sampling. The sampling rate may
vary from I to 100 percent. Verification will include, but is not limited to, equipment submittals,
construction checklists, training, operating and maintenance data, tests, and test reports to verify
compliance with the OPR.When a random sample does not meet the requirement,the CxA will report
the failure in the Issues Log.
F. Prepare and maintain the Issues Log.
G. Prepare and maintain completed construction checklist log.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810-2 M►
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 0 18 10-GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
am B. OPR and BoD documentation are included by reference for information only.
1.2 SUMMARY
so
A. Section includes general requirements that apply to implementation of commissioning without regard to
specific systems,assemblies,or components.
B. Related Sections:
I. Division I Section "Commissioning of HVAC"for commissioning process activities for HVAC&R
systems,assemblies,equipment,and components.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. BoD: Basis of Design. A document that records concepts, calculations, decisions, and product
selections used to meet the OPR and to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and
guidelines. The document includes both narrative descriptions and lists of individual items that support
the design process.
FOR B. Commissioning Plan: A document that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and
documentation requirements of the commissioning process.
C. CxA: Individual or firm retained by the General Contractor to oversee the Commissioning process.
D. OPR: Owner's Project Requirements. A document that details the functional requirements of a project
and the expectations of how it will be used and operated. These include Project goals, measurable
performance criteria,cost considerations,benchmarks,success criteria,and supporting information.
E. Systems, Subsystems, Equipment, and Components: Where these terms are used together or
separately,they shall mean"as-built" systems,subsystems, equipment,and components.
1.4 COMMISSIONING TEAM
A. Members Appointed by Contractor: Individuals, each having the authority to act on behalf of the entity
he or she represents, explicitly organized to implement the commissioning process through coordinated
action. The commissioning team shall consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of Contractor,
including Project superintendent and subcontractors including mechanical contractor, independent
balancing and controls contractor, and electrical contractor, installers, suppliers, and specialists deemed
appropriate by the CxA.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01810 - 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
I. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
. uw
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION
A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an
organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and
maintenance of each product,material,and finish incorporated into the Work.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data
indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a
system. �.
I. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each
system,subsystem,and piece of equipment not part of a system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual
for use by Owner's operating personnel.
D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets so
pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component
incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item
using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and
delete references to information not applicable.
I. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where
the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.
E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of
component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams.
Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct "
illustration of completed installation.
I. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. an
2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division I Section "Project
Record Documents."
F. Comply with Division I Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and
maintenance documentation.
ws
END OF SECTION 01782
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782-6
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
g
E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related
services.
so F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
I. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source
information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and
service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty
and bond information,as described below.
B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified
by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name,
address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-
reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the
following information for each component part or piece of equipment:
I. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins.
2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and
component removal, replacement,and assembly.
3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.
4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance
procedures:
I. Test and inspection instructions.
2. Troubleshooting guide.
3. Precautions against improper maintenance.
4. Disassembly;component removal, repair,and replacement;and reassembly instructions.
go S. Aligning,adjusting, and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training videotape, if available.
E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required
lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service
with standard time allotment
I. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly,
semiannual,and annual frequencies.
2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers'forms for recording maintenance.
F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts
identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of
maintenance materials and related services.
G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone
number of service agent
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782-5
we
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4. Equipment function. wo
5. Operating characteristics.
6. Limiting conditions.
7. Performance curves.
8. Engineering data and tests.
9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: Include the following,as applicable: *
I. Startup procedures.
2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.
4. Regulation and control procedures.
S. Instructions on stopping.
6. Normal shutdown instructions. w�
7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
9. Special operating instructions and procedures.
wee
D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as
installed.
E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed,and identify color-coding where required for identification.
2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material,and finish. Include source
information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources,and warranties
and bonds,as described below.
B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to
match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of
Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number
and title in Project Manual.
.e�
C. Product Information: Include the following,as applicable:
1. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Color,pattern,and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following.
I. Inspection procedures.
2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. ..
5. Repair instructions.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782-4 ,�„
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
i
I. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate
data,include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set.
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system,
subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and
components of one system into a single binder.
PR
I. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-I I-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine
to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.
a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in
each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other
OR binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance
of equipment or system.
b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents.
Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to
indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in
the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project
Manual.
3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software
diskettes for computerized electronic equipment.
4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-I I-inch white bond paper.
5. Drawings: Attach reinforced,punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as
foldouts.
b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled
envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual,
insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing
locations.
2.3 OPERATION MANUALS
A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual
Specification Sections and the following information:
I. System,subsystem,and equipment descriptions.
2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.
3. Operating standards.
Pw 4. Operating procedures.
5. Operating logs.
6. Wiring diagrams.
7. Control diagrams.
8. Piped system diagrams.
9. Precautions against improper use.
10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
B. Descriptions: Include the following:
I. Product name and model number.
r OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782-3
so
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more than
one factory-authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information furnished by
representatives and prepare manuals. •
PART 2- PRODUCTS
wu
2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY
A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following:
I. List of documents.
2. List of systems.
3. List of equipment.
4. Table of contents.
ew
B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and
maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.
w
C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of
equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.
D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance
manual.
E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify „®
each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract
Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4,
"Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."
2.2 MANUALS,GENERAL
A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system
and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual
shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:
I. Title page.
2. Table of contents.
3. Manual contents. w
B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:
.s
I. Subject matter included in manual.
2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and address of Owner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name,address,and telephone number of Contractor.
6. Name and address of Architect.
7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the
content of the volume,and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.
w
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782-2 ,[err
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01782-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and
maintenance manuals, including the following:
I. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.
2. Operation manuals for systems,subsystems,and equipment.
3. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes systems
and equipment.
+w B. Related Sections include the following.
I. Division I Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for coordinating operation and maintenance
manuals covering the Work of multiple contracts.
2. Division I Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and
maintenance manuals.
3. Division I Section"Closeout Procedures"for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.
on 4. Division I Section "Project Record Documents" for preparing Record Drawings for operation
and maintenance manuals.
5. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for
the Work in those Sections.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts,equipment,or subsystems united by regular interaction.
B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Final Submittal: Submit one copy of each manual in final form at least 15 days before final inspection.
Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection.
I. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit 3 copies of each
corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments.
1.5 COORDINATION
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782- 1
40
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project to
A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies
substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
I. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's
written instructions for installation.
3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications,and Record Drawings where applicable.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record
keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous
records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record
Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do
not wait until the end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field
office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record
Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry,
legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents
for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 01781 **
.�s
.A
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 -4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
I. Format: DWG: Same CAD program, version, and operating system as the original Contract
Drawings.
2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on Record Prints. Delete,
redraw,and add details and notations where applicable.
3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution.
4. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings for use in
!R recording information, at a cost of $250 per drawing, subject to the conditions described
elsewhere in this Project Manual.
C. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing Record Drawings
where Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable
to show actual installation.
I. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an
alternate,substitution,or other modification.
2. Consult Architect for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the
actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. Integrate newly prepared
Record Drawings into Record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing,
copying, binding,and submitting.
! " D. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING'in a prominent location.
I. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable
sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
2. Record CAD Drawings: Organize CAD information into separate electronic files that
correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet
identification. Include identification in each CAD file.
3. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Designation"PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect.
e. Name of Contractor.
2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies
from that indicated in Specifications,addenda,and contract modifications.
I. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment
furnished,including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide
a record of selections made.
4. For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in
operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data.
5. Note related Change Orders, Record Product Data,and Record Drawings where applicable.
2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 -3
go
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
wu
C. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal.
I. Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit w*
marked-up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record Product Data.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS +■►
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop
Drawings.
I. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from
that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual
or entity is Installer,subcontractor,or similar entity,to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. !
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to
identify or measure and record later.
.e�
b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique.
C. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before
enclosing concealed installations.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to,the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
C. Depths of foundations below first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.
k. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
I. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
M. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual
physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-
reference on the Contract Drawings.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between
changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from
original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and
similar identification,where applicable.
B. Record CAD Drawings: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion,
review marked-up Record Prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected CAD
Drawings of the Contract Drawings,as follows:
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 -2
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01781 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents,
including the following:
I. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
B. Related Sections include the following-
1. Division I Section"Closeout Procedures"for general closeout procedures.
2. Division I Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual
PF requirements.
3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of the
Work in those Sections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
I. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows:
a. Initial Submittal: Submit one set(s) of plots from corrected Record CAD Drawings and
one set(s) of marked-up Record Prints. Architect will initial and date each plot and
mark whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of
drafting are acceptable. Architect will return plots and prints for organizing into sets,
printing, binding,and final submittal.
b. Final Submittal: Submit one set(s) of marked-up Record Prints, one set(s) of Record
Transparencies, and three copies printed from Record Transparencies. Print each
Drawing,whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.
C. Final Submittal: Submit one set(s) of marked-up Record Prints, one set(s) of Record
CAD Drawing files,one set(s) of Record CAD Drawing plots,and three copies printed
from record plots. Plot and print each Drawing, whether or not changes and additional
information were recorded.
1) Electronic Media: CD-R.
B. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract
modifications.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - I
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
w
I. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas, of rubbish,waste material, litter,and other foreign
substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign
deposits.
C. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth,even-textured surface.
d. Remove tools,construction equipment, machinery,and surplus material from Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,free of
stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of
exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums,
shafts,trenches,equipment vaults, manholes,attics,and similar spaces.
h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if
visible soil or stains remain.
j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove
glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or
broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking
care not to scratch surfaces.
k. Remove labels that are not permanent.
I. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that
already show evidence of repair or restoration.
I) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical
nameplates.
M. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar
equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign
substances.
n. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. ..
o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting
from water exposure.
p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of •�.
diffusers, registers,and grills.
q. Clean ducts, blowers,and coils if units were operated without filters during construction.
r. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace
burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy
starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new
fixtures.
S. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. +
C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess
materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into OR
drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully.
END OF SECTION 01770 �"■
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770-4 ,�„
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.
1.6 WARRANTIES
A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work
where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated.
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated
portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period
4W by separate agreement with Contractor.
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project
Manual.
I. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as
necessary to accommodate contents,and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-I I-inch paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to
identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation,
including the name of the product and the name,address,and telephone number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES,"
Project name,and name of Contractor.
D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
�r
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the
surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property
or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local
laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface
or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770- 3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's
personnel of changeover in security provisions.
8. Complete startup testing of systems. •■
9. Submit test/adjust/balance records.
10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction
tools,and similar elements.
11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use,operation,and maintenance.
13. Complete final cleaning requirements,including touchup painting.
14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request,
Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect
will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items,
either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or
corrected before certificate will be issued.
I. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.
1.4 FINAL COMPLETION
.R
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion,
complete the following:
.ua
I. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division I Section "Payment Procedures."
2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the
list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Submit evidence of final,continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.
5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment,
and systems. Submit demonstration and training videotapes.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,
Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect
will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction
that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
.w
I. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Preparation: Submit three Insert number copies of list. Include name and identification of each space .,
and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction
including, if necessary,areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
I. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from
lowest floor to highest floor.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,
individual walls,floors, equipment,and building systems.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770-2 ..
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01770-CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART I -GENERAL
!
I.I RELATED DOCUMENTS
Pill A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but
not limited to,the following:
I. Inspection procedures.
2. Warranties.
3. Final cleaning.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division I Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for
Substantial and Final Completion.
2. Division I Section "Execution Requirements"for progress cleaning of Project site.
3. Division I Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record
Specifications,and Record Product Data.
4. Division I Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual
requirements.
5. Division I Section "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Owner's
personnel.
go 6. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the
Work in those Sections.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion,
complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
I. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list,
and reasons why the Work is not complete.
2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to
services and utilities. Include occupancy permits,operating certificates,and similar releases.
5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final
Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and
in similar final record information.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner.
Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units,
replace with new units,and retest
B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper
operation.
C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace
damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to inspect field-
assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Division I
Section "Quality Requirements."
w�
3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.10 CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes.
Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Cutting and Patching."
w.
I. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with
matching materials,and properly adjusting operating equipment
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without
visible evidence of repair.
D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that
cannot be repaired.
E. Remove and replace chipped,scratched,and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
END OF SECTION 01700
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700- 6
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
OR
2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction forces at preinstallation conferences
covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation
conferences conducted by Owner's construction forces if portions of the Work depend on
Owner's construction.
3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress
cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly.
Dispose of materials lawfully.
I. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.
2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is
expected to rise above 80 deg F.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark
containers appropriately and dispose of legally,according to regulations.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper
execution of the Work.
4I I. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire
work area,as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of
manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended.
If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to
health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure
freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste
materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials
already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or
deterioration at Substantial Completion.
1. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the
remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability
without damaging effects.
J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction,
completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious
exposure during the construction period.
3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
,� EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700-5
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation,
as indicated.
I. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease
of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts,and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 7-feet 6-inches in spaces without a suspended ceiling. ■""
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in
applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain
conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or
loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
.�s
E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.
F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory
prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions
are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.
G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely ■,
in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.
I. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights
directed by Architect
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for
installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral
anchors,that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in
time for installation.
H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,arrange
joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
1. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered �u
hazardous.
3.6 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction forces.
B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's
construction forces.
I. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for .w
Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable
timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual
construction progress. .A
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700-4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required
dimensions.
3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
4. Check the location, level and plumb,of every major element as the Work progresses.
5. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances.
6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by
authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil
placement, utility slopes,and invert elevations.
D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building
foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work.
Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and
piers from two or more locations.
E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels.
Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each
survey party member,and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by
Architect.
3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points
before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during
construction operations.
- I. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval
of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly.
Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before
proceeding.
2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base
replacements on the original survey control points.
B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site,
referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for
type and size of benchmark.
I. Record benchmark locations,with horizontal and vertical data,on Project Record Documents.
2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary
reference points sufficient to locate the Work.
3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to
its original condition.
C. Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for
Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds,
fm lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey.
1. Show boundary lines, monuments,streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements
and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and
bearing from a site corner to a legal point.
2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with
authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."
on
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700- 3
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other construction
indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and
location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work.
I. Before construction,verify the location and points of connection of utility services. .,.
B. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator
present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other
conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
I. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes
or primers.
2. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections before equipment and fixture installation.
3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be
installed.
4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding
with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other
construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication.
Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. !
B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on
Drawings.
C. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for
clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include a
detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the
Contract Documents. Submit requests on CSI Form 13.2A, "Request for Interpretation."
3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in
relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify
Architect promptly.
B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
I. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and
elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700-2 kft
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
PP
SECTION 01700-EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but
go not limited to,the following:
1. Construction layout.
"M 2. Field engineering and surveying.
3. General installation of products.
4. Coordination of Owner-installed products.
5. Progress cleaning.
6. Starting and adjusting.
7. Protection of installed construction.
8. Correction of the Work.
B. Related Sections include the following:
I. Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination"for procedures for coordinating field
engineering with other construction activities.
2. Division I Section"Submittal Procedures"for submitting surveys.
3. Division I Section "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for cutting and patching
necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work.
4. Division I Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project
Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and
final cleaning.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of
improvements comply with requirements.
B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous
materials,for hazardous waste disposal.
C. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in
jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the
kind indicated.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700- 1
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
.ee
A. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following
conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests
without action,except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
I. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated
results,and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance,weight, size, durability,
visual effect,and specific features and requirements indicated.
3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names
and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
5. Samples,if requested. ON
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
s
END OF SECTION 01600
.A,
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600-6 ®.
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are
undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated,that are new at time of installation.
Im
I. Provide products complete with accessories, trim,finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a
complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are
specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in
similar situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with
POP requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected,"Architect will make selection.
5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is
Architect's.
6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish
"salient characteristics"of products.
7. Or Equal: Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal" or
t "or approved equal" or "or approved," comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products"
Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
B. Product Selection Procedures:
I. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a
product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements.
2. Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers, provide a product
by one of the manufacturers listed, or an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with
requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for
consideration of an unnamed product.
3. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of
manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other
named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other
characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in Part 2
"Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the other named
manufacturers.
2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
s A. Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 30 days after the Notice to
Proceed . Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect.
B. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions
are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action,
except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
I. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation,
or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume.
Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and
evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner,and similar considerations.
2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated
results.
4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
S. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
6. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600-5
w■
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project w.
I. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of
construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are
flammable, hazardous,easily damaged,or sensitive to deterioration,theft,and other losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed
container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,
unpacking, protecting,and installing.
4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure
that products are undamaged and properly protected.
w.
C. Storage:
I. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight
enclosure above ground,with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
4. Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms.
5. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of
installation and concealment.
6. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation,
and weather-protection requirements for storage.
7. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.
8. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by
Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.
1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to,and run concurrent with,other warranties
required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties
do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.
I. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for
a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents,
either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for
Owner.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification,
ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.
I. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly
executed.
2. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular
requirements for submitting special warranties.
C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Closeout Procedures."
WX
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600-4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for
Project,from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution
with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If
specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract
Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of
availability or delays in delivery.
j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the
Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.
I. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently
become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated
results.
�s
3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation
for evaluation within 7 days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify
on Contractorof acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of
request,or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation,whichever is later.
a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order.
b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed
substitution within time allocated.
C. Comparable Product Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product
or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and
Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation
for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify
Contractorof approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of
receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation,whichever
is later.
a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division I Section"Submittal Procedures."
b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a comparable product
request within time allocated.
OR D. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division I Section
"Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for
use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if
previously selected products were also options.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration,
and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Delivery and Handling:
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600-3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
o
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic names of no
products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product.
I. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. me
2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings:
a. Specification Section number and title.
b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents. *�
C. Proprietary name, model number,and similar designations.
d. Manufacturer's name and address.
e. Supplier's name and address.
f. Installer's name and address.
g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period.
h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date.
3. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies
of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from
Contract requirements.
a. At Contractor's option, initial submittal may be limited to product selections and
designations that must be established early in Contract period.
.we
4. Completed List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies
of completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations
from Contract requirements. ,
5. Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 days of receipt of
completed product list. Architect's response will include a list of unacceptable product
selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect's response, or lack of
response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement to comply with the Contract Documents.
B. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or
fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and
Drawing numbers and titles.
I. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.IA A.
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as
applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.
b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other
parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors,
that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
C. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the
Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight,
size, durability,visual effect,and specific features and requirements indicated.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and ,
installation procedures.
e. Samples,where applicable or requested.
f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and
names and addresses of architects and owners.
g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results
for compliance with requirements indicated.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600-2 .w
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Pill Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01600- PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART I -GENERAL
go
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in
Project; product delivery, storage,and handling; manufacturers'standard warranties on products; special
warranties; product substitutions;and comparable products.
B. Related Sections include the following:
. Division I Section "References"for applicable industry standards for products specified.
2. Division I Section "Closeout Procedures"for submitting warranties for Contract closeout
3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and
installations specified to be warranted.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken
from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment,"
"system,"and terms of similar intent
I. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model
number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that
is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or
facility,except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless
explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not
considered new products.
an 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or
where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type,
function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other
characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product
B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those
required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and
accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to
establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical
properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of
other named manufacturers.
,fir PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining
trees.
4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.
5. Remove recyclable waste off Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor.
3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Metals: Separate metals by type.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste
materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of
accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and
areas.
B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.
C. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
END OF SECTION 01524
PIN
g•
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524-5
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
I. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be
salvaged, recycled, reused, donated,and sold.
2. Comply with Division I Section 'Temporary Facilities and Controls"for controlling dust and dirt,
environmental protection,and noise control.
3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work:
I. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until installation.
4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment.
Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional
for use indicated.
B. Salvaged Items for Donation: Permitted on Project site.
wi.
I. Before start of construction, Contractor shall notify Restore in Springfield, 413-788-6900, for
opportunity to receive demolished items for donation.
2. Restore provides free pickup for items they may chose to accept.
w■
C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use:
I. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area on-site as designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
D. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door
hardware attached to doors.
3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE,GENERAL
A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.
B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling +�+
waste materials shall accrue to Contractor.
C. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate ,
recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical.
I. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until they are
removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each
container and bin.
a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if
found.
2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place,grade, and
shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524-4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials
each will accept. Include names,addresses,and telephone numbers.
S. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name,
address,and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility.
6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating
recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location on
Project site where materials separation will be located.
D. Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no waste management plan
and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan. Include the
following:
I. Total quantity of waste.
2. Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit). Include hauling and tipping fees and cost of collection
containers for each type of waste.
3. Total cost of disposal(with no waste management).
As 4. Revenue from salvaged materials.
5. Revenue from recycled materials.
6. Savings in hauling and tipping fees by donating materials.
7. Savings in hauling and tipping fees that are avoided.
8. Handling and transportation costs. Include cost of collection containers for each type of waste.
9. Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan.
E. Forms: Prepare waste management plan on forms included at end of Part 3.
PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. General: Implement waste management plan as approved by Owner . Provide handling, containers,
storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan
during the entire duration of the Contract.
I. Comply with Division I Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for operation, termination,
and removal requirements.
B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for
implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. Coordinator shall be
present at Project site full time for duration of Project.
fm
C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as
appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site.
�w
I. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal
return.
2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan
procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling,and disposal.
D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum
go interference with roads,streets,walks,walkways,and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524-3
w
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project we
B. Massachusetts Requirements: Comply with Massachusetts DEP regulations, requiring asphalt pavement,
brick, concrete,wood, metal and cardboard to be separated out from the waste stream for recycling.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Submit 3 copies of plan within 30 days of date established for the Notice
of Award.
B. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and
organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.
C. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and
organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.
D. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by
recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts,
and invoices.
E. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and
incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests,weight tickets, receipts,and invoices.
F. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering
refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed
according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was
recovered.
w.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification program.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop plan consisting of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue
analysis. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste
management plan.
B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition site-clearing and
construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates.
C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or
disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of
waste, quantity for each means of recovery,and handling and transportation procedures.
I. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project,
describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work.
2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations,
include list of their names,addresses,and telephone numbers.
3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and
organizations, include list of their names,addresses,and telephone numbers. 40
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524-2 ■o
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01524-CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
I. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division I Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for environmental-protection measures
during construction.
2. Division I Section "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial
demolition of buildings,structures,and site improvements.
3. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and
removal of above-and below-grade improvements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from
construction, remodeling, renovation,or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.
B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective
" demolition operations.
C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse,
or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for
reuse.
E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.
r F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into
the Work.
1.4 PERFORMANCE GOALS
A. General: Develop waste management plan that results in end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of a
minimum of 50 percent by weight of total waste generated by the Work.
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01524- 1
O
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
no
I. Prohibit smoking in all construction areas.
2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of
fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at
Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed.
Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. ..
4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign
stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose
size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
go
3.5 OPERATION,TERMINATION,AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit
availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and
similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid
possibility of damage.
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection
facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when
it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion.
Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of
interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace
construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner
reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction ;
period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division I Section "Closeout
Procedures."
sp
END OF SECTION 01500
■m
am
w
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-6 +*�
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
IMP
e. Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior
primer.
f. Provide project identification sign with text as indicated by the Architect.
` F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section "Construction
Waste Management."
G. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
I. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and
equipment"and not temporary facilities.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction
in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air,
waterway,and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
r
I. Comply with work restrictions specified in Division I Section"Summary."
-- B. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according
to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction
until permanent vegetation has been established.
C. Stormwater Control: Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around
excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.
D. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of
trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from
POP damage,flooding,and erosion.
E. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and
harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at
regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Obtain
extended warranty for Owner. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe
materials.
F. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin ,furnish and install site enclosure fence in a
manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
I. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to
accommodate construction operations.
2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized
personnel. Provide Owner with one set of keys.
G. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for
erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
H. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to
protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-5
No
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project am
a. Police and fire departments.
b. Ambulance service.
C. Contractor's home office. so
d. Architect's office.
e. Engineers'offices.
f. Owner's office.
g. Principal subcontractors'field and home offices.
2. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away
from field office.
G. Electronic Communication Service: Provide temporary electronic communication service, including
electronic mail, in common-use facilities. ..
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
I. Provide incombustible construction for offices,shops,and sheds located within construction area
or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241.
2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial
Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement,and utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
C. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel.
D. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain
Project site,excavations,and construction free of water. ,n■
I. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining
properties nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
E. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Provide one main project identification sign. Provide other
temporary signs as needed. Install signs where needed to inform public and individuals seeking entrance
to Project. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
I. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
2. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.
3. Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project Identification sign.
4. Project Identification Sign:
a. Install main sign where located by Architect.
b. Construct signs of exterior type high density overlay plywood in sizes and thicknesses
indicated.
C. Signs shall be provided within 30 days of commencement of construction work.
d. Signs shall be 4 foot x 8 foot of%-inch plywood, and shall be supported on two 4 inch by
4 Inch posts with adequate bracing.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is
prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction,and marked for intended use.
3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of any part of permanent HVAC system for
temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return air grille in
system and remove at end of construction.
Pie PART 3 - EXECUTION
�w
3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with
performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no
longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
I. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
111011 interrupted, if necessary,to make connections for temporary services.
B. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction
personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and
maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
I. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted,as long as facilities are cleaned
and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these
facilities to condition existing before initial use.
C. Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities for curing or drying of
completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low
temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed
installations or elements being installed.
D. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size,
capacity,and power characteristics required for construction operations.
E. Lighting. Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for
construction operations, observations, inspections,and traffic conditions.
r I. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without
operating entire system.
F. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all
construction personnel. Install minimum two telephone line(s)for each field office.
1. At each telephone,post a list of important telephone numbers.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary
utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility
for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction
facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing;
minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-
inch-OD corner and pull posts,with 1-5/8-inch-OD top rails.
B. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry."
C. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 painting Sections.
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls,
and foundations adequate for normal loading.
B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of construction personnel. Keep .w
office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows:
I. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and
bookcases.
2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals. Provide
electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles,with not less than I receptacle on each
wall. Furnish room with conference table,chairs,and 4-foot-square tack board.
3. Drinking water and private toilet.
4. Coffee machine and supplies.
S. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72
deg F.
6. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk height.
C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized,furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials
and equipment for construction operations.
I. Store combustible materials apart from building. !
2.3 EQUIPMENT .�
A. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-
contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-2 •�
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01500-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities,and security and protection
facilities.
B. Related Sections include the following:
4"
1. Division I Section"Summary"for limitations on utility interruptions and other work restrictions.
2. Division I Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts"for division of responsibilities for temporary
facilities and controls.
3. Division I Section "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of
implementation and termination schedule and utility reports.
4. Division I Section "Execution Requirements"for progress cleaning requirements.
5. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements for
products in those Sections.
1.3 USE CHARGES
A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow
other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited
to,Owner's construction forces,Architect, testing agencies,and authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges for electricity used by all entities for
construction operations.
C. Sewer,Water, and Electric Power Service: Use charges are specified in Division I Section "Summary of
Multiple Contracts."
sa 1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction
personnel.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric
service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
(See TRB)
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301)975-6478
www.nist.gov
OSHA Occupational Safety&Health Administration (800)321-6742
www.oaha.gov (202)693-1999
PBS Public Building Service
(See GSA)
PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202)690-7694
www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs
RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540
(See USDA)
SD State Department (202) 647-4000
www.state.gov
TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934
www.nas.edu/trb
USDA Department of Agriculture (202)720-2791
www.usda.gov
USPS Postal Service (202)268-2000
vvww.usps.com
PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01420
REFERENCES 01420-3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
C. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are
used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the
organizations responsible for the standards and regulations, as listed in 780 CMR, Massachusetts State
Building Code,Sixth Edition,Appendix A.
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS .o
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Thomson Gale's
"Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of
the U.S."
B. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names,
telephone numbers,and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date
as of the date of the Contract Documents. so
CE Army Corps of Engineers
www.usace.army.mil
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772
www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923
DOC Department of Commerce (202)482-2000
www.commerce.gov
DOD Department of Defense (215)697-6257
http://.dodssp.daps.dia.mil
DOE Department of Energy (202)586-9220
www.energy.gov
EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202)272-0167
www.epa.gov
FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866)835-5322
www.faa.gov
FCC Federal Communications Commission (888)225-5322
www.fcc.gov
FDA Food and Drug Administration (888)463-6332
www.fda.gov
GSA General Services Administration (800)488-31 1 1
www.gsa.gov
HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112
www.hud.gov
LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510)486-4000
www.lbi.gov
NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program
REFERENCES 01420-2 •■
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01420- REFERENCES
so
PART I -GENERAL
I.I RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and
requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of
the Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized,"
"selected,""required,"and "permitted" have the same meaning as"directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in
Specifications,and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including shown, noted, scheduled,
and"specified"have the same meaning as"indicated."
E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances,statutes,and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction,and
rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the
Work.
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and
similar operations.
G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling,
erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and
similar operations.
H. "Provide": Furnish and install,complete and ready for the intended use.
1. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is
shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project
is to be built.
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements,
applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly
into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the
Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless
otherwise indicated.
REFERENCES 01420- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
w�
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged
construction and restore substrates and finishes.
I. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification
Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams
that are as invisible as possible.
2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division I Section "Cutting and
Patching."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for
quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 01400
.�u
.w
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-6
ON
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.
G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -
control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction
to accommodate testing and inspecting.
I. Schedule times for tests, inspections,obtaining samples,and similar activities,
H. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-control
!P services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule within 30 days of date established for
the Notice to Proceed.
I. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner,Architect,testing agencies, and each party involved
in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.
1.8 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency or special inspector as required
by authorities having jurisdiction,as indicated in individual Specification Sections,and as follows:
I. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and
reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work.
2. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the
Work during performance of its services.
3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service
to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which
includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work
! " complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.
PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:
I. Date test or inspection was conducted.
2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.
3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.
4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.
B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide access to test and
inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
Will QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-5
State Street Apartments August 15, 2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
B. Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Unless
otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having
jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction,
whether specified or not
I. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to
perform these quality-control services.
a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing
by Owner. .�
2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or
inspecting will be performed. ..
3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified
written report,in duplicate,of each quality-control service.
4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents
are Contractor's responsibility. +�+
S. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when
they so direct.
C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report
results in writing as specified in Division I Section "Submittal Procedures."
D. Retesting/Reinspecting. Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's
responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting,for construction that
replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.
E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties.
Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
I. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work
during performance of its services.
2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are ,
conducted.
3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and
inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.
4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control '
service through Contractor.
S. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or
accept any portion of the Work.
6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar
quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency
sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
I. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting.
Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing
agency.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-4 �*
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
4. Identification of test and inspection methods.
5. Number of tests and inspections required.
go 6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.
7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
8. Requirements for obtaining samples.
9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.
�r
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels required;
individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
B. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work
similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in
construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
�w production capacity to produce required units.
D. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this
Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity
to produce required units.
E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in
jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the
kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system,
assembly,or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material,design,and extent.
F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL,an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and
capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548; and
with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by authorities having
jurisdiction,that is acceptable to authorities.
I. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.
2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to N1ST's National Voluntary Laboratory
Accreditation Program.
G. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of
manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's
products that are similar in material,design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
1.7 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner
will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
I. Owner will furnish Contractor with names,addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies
engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.
2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that
_ failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor,and the Contract
Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400- 3
ow
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
air
D. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed at testing facility to verify
performance characteristics.
as
E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for the Project before
products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with
specified criteria.
F. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency
qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish
product performance and compliance with industry standards. .w
G. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant, mill,
factory, or shop. .a
H. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the
Work and for completed Work.
as
I. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory
shall mean the same as testing agency.
J. Installer/Applicator/Erector. Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, .■
Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including
installation, erection,application,and similar operations.
.w
I. Using a term such as "carpentry' does not imply that certain construction activities must be
performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as
carpenter. It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople ,
of the corresponding generic name.
K. Experienced: When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum
of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special
requirements indicated;and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or
conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or
g q q quality levels, comply with the most stringent
requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal,to Architect
for a decision before proceeding.
awe
B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the
minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity
or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these
requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of
requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: w*
I. Specification Section number and title.
2. Description of test and inspection.
3. Identification of applicable standards. w
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-2
axe
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01400-QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
!!' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality
control.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or
on indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract
Document requirements.
I. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are
specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also
cover production of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance
and-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by
Architect,Owner,or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
C. Related Sections include the following:
I. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation"for developing a schedule of required
w tests and inspections.
2. Division I Section "Cutting and Patching" for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by
testing and inspecting activities.
go 3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution
of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will
comply with requirements.
B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures,and related actions during and after execution
of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction
! ! comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by
Architect
C. Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to verify
selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated,
qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation;
they are not Samples. Approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400- 1
O.
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
.wr
6. Other Action: If the submittal is primarily for information purposes, record purposes, special
processing, or other contractor activity, the transmittal will be returned marked "Action Not
Required."
C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it,or will return it if it
does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. .�
D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without
review.
w
E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.
END OF SECTION 01330
w
�w
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330- 10 wi.
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
tl�r
B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required
submittals, submit three copies of a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional,
for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design
professional.
1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract
Documents. Include list of codes, loads,and other factors used in performing these services.
so PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance
with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp
of before submitting to Architect
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and
OPP location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of
Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and
approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
on
3.2 ARCHITECT'S/ACTION
40 A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will
return them without action.
B. Action Submittals:Architect will review each submittal, marked to indicate corrections or modifications
required, and return it Architect will indicate on the transmittal returned with each submittal one of
the following,to indicate the action taken:
I. Final Unrestricted Release: Where the transmittal is marked "No exceptions taken," the Work
covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with the Contract Documents. Final
acceptance will depend on that compliance.
2. Final-but-Restricted Release: Where the transmittal is marked "Exceptions taken as noted," the
Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies both with Architect's
notations and corrections on the submittal and the Contract Documents. Final acceptance will
depend on that compliance.
3. Returned for Resubmittal: Where the transmittal is marked "Resubmission required, Revise and
Resubmit" do not proceed with the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing,
fabrication, delivery, or other activity for the product submitted. Revise or prepare a new
submittal according to Architect's notations and corrections for a product that complies with the
Contract Documents.
4. Incomplete: Where the transmittal is marked "Not Submitted," do not proceed with the Work
covered by the submittal. Prepare additional information requested,or required by the Contract
pw Documents,that indicates compliance with requirements.
5. Final-but-Restricted Release with Additional Information for Record: Where the transmittal is
marked "Exceptions taken as noted and additional information required for record," the Work
covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies both with Architect's notations and
corrections on the submittal and the Contract Documents. Final acceptance will depend on that
compliance and upon submittal of record revisions with additional information requested, or
required by the Contract Documents,that indicates compliance with requirements.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 0 i 330-9
an
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
ON
Q. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal
maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section
"Operation and Maintenance Data." at
R. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and
design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and
other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable.
Provide name and version of software,if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.
S. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's
recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment.
Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the
following,as applicable:
I. Preparation of substrates.
2. Required substrate tolerances.
3. Sequence of installation or erection. *�+
4. Required installation tolerances.
5. Required adjustments.
6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.
T. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service
representative's tests and inspections. Include the following,as applicable:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making
report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed,whether they comply with requirements and,
if not,what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance
complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
U. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or
bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage,amounts of
deductibles, if any,and term of the coverage.
V. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): Submit information directly to Owner; do not submit to
Architect.
I. Architect will not review submittals that include MSDSs and will return the entire submittal for
resubmittal.
2.3 DELEGATED DESIGN
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design
professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and
systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
I. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a
written request for additional information to Architect.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-8 w
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
E. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with
requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS)
and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel
certified.
F. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer
complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by
manufacturer for this specific Project.
G. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of
manufacturing experience where required.
H. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product
complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
!� I. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material
complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
J. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in
the Contract Documents.
K. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer
complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed
by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency.
L. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction,that product complies with building code in effect for Project Include the
following information:
I. Name of evaluation organization.
2. Date of evaluation.
3. Time period when report is in effect.
4. Product and manufacturers'names.
5. Description of product.
6. Test procedures and results.
7. Limitations of use.
M. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section "Quality
Requirements."
N. Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for
compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.
O. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of
product Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
" P. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard
form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or
after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract
Documents.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330- 7
an
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
go
E. Product Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary
indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following
information in tabular form: „„
I. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product.
2. Number and name of room or space.
w
3. Location within room or space.
4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will return two copies.
ew
a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.
F. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section "Construction Progress w�
Documentation."
G. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section "Payment
Procedures."
H. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section 'Payment Procedures."
I. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion
of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special
design. Use CSI Form I.SA. Include the following information in tabular form:
I. Name,address,and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products.
2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate,covered by subcontract.
4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will return two copies.
a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.
2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS �.
A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.
I. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. w
Architect will not return copies.
2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity
responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer ww
or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section "Quality
Requirements."
wea
B. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section 'Project
Management and Coordination."
C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section
"Construction Progress Documentation."
D.
Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm
or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses
of architects and owners,and other information specified.
w�
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-6
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
OR
2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings
on sheets at least 8-1/2 by I I inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches.
u� 3. Number of Copies: Submit three opaque copies of each submittal, unless copies are required
for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit five copies where copies are required for
operation and maintenance manuals. Architect will retain two copies; remainder will be
returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Drawing.
D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and
op actual component as delivered and installed.
I. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one
submittal package.
2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
a. Generic description of Sample.
b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
C. Sample source.
d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control
comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to
determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification
Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property,
are the property of Contractor.
4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of
units showing the full range of colors,textures,and patterns available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern,
texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's
product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.
S. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same
material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical
with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture
variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of
manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of
repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and
components used for independent testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample
sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a
Project Record Sample.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication
techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be
demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material
or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units
that show approximate limits of variations.
go SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330- 5
as
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
■A
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. ■*
I. Submit electronic submittals directly to extranet specifically established for Project.
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of am
product or equipment.
I. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not to
suitable for use,submit as Shop Drawings,not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information,as applicable: w
a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
C. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
d. Standard color charts.
e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
g. Printed performance curves.
h. Operational range diagrams.
i. Mill reports.
j. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. *"
k. Compliance with specified referenced standards.
1. Testing by recognized testing agency.
M. Application of testing agency labels and seals. .�
n. Notation of coordination requirements.
4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
S. Number of Copies: Submit five copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated. Architect
will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop
Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data,unless submittal of
Architect's CAD Drawings are otherwise permitted.
I. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following
information,as applicable:
a. Dimensions.
b. Identification of products.
C. Fabrication and installation drawings.
d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power,signal,and control wiring.
f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
g. Templates and patterns.
h. Schedules.
i. Design calculations.
j. Compliance with specified standards.
k. Notation of coordination requirements.
I. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
M. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
n. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
o. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-4 +*�
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
lF
F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract
Documents on submittals.
G. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless
` Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may
IN
serve as final submittal.
I. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies
to Architect.
2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action taken and
will be returned.
H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling.
Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review,
received from sources other than Contractor.
I. Transmittal Form: Use CSI Form 12.1A.
2. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant
information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous
PIN submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor
variations and limitations. Include same label information as related submittal.
I. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
I. Note date and content of previous submittal
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked "No exceptions taken" or "Resubmission not
required."
J. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators,
installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction
activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
Pill K. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating No exceptions taken" or
"Resubmission not required."as indicated by Architect.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECT'S CAD FILES
A. General: At Contractor's written request, copies of Architect's CAD files will be provided to
Contractor for Contractor's use in connection with Project,subject to the following conditions:
I. CAD files are provided as a convenience to the Contractor and are intended to provide general
layout and overall approximate dimensions for the work.
2. The CAD files do not reproduce every detail or variation of existing conditions. The Architect
does not know what specific purpose the files may be used for and therefore makes no
assurance that the files are adequate for this specific use or any intended use.
3. In accepting the CAD files, the Contractor understands that they shall verify the files adequacy
for their own particular purpose. The Contractor accepts complete responsibility for
verification of all conditions and dimensions in the field.
4. CAD files may only be used on this particular project under this particular contract. CAD files
remain the copyright property of the Architect.
w PART 2- PRODUCTS
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330- 3
w
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
I. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and
related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
.�e
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with
other submittals until related submittals are received.
C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Construction Progress
Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related
construction activities.
D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows.
Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract
Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to
permit processing,including resubmittals. *�+
I. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if
coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a
submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial
submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
4. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may
be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for
review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to
Contractor.
E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. ,A
3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
a. Project name.
b. Date. !
C. Name and address of Architect.
d. Name and address of Contractor.
e. Name and address of subcontractor.
f. Name and address of supplier.
g. Name of manufacturer.
h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
I) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal
point and then a sequential number (e.g., 06100.01). Resubmittals shall include an
alphabetic suffix after another decimal point(e.g., 06100.01.A). „
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate.
k. Location(s)where product is to be installed,as appropriate.
I. Other necessary identification.
s
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-2
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
PIP
SECTION 01330-SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
it A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings,
Product Data, Samples,and other submittals.
B. Related Sections include the following:
±�r
I. Division I Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the
Schedule of Values.
2. Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing
meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination Drawings.
3. Division I Section "Construction Progress Documentation"for submitting schedules and reports,
including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule.
4. Division I Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and for
mockup requirements.
5. Division I Section"Closeout Procedures"for submitting warranties.
6. Division I Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record
' ' Specifications,and Record Product Data.
7. Division I Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance
manuals.
8. Division I Section "Demonstration and Training" for submitting videotapes of demonstration of
equipment and training of Owner's personnel.
9. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those Sections.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive action.
Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will be provided by Architect
for Contractor's use in preparing submittals at a cost of$250 per drawing.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction
activities.
on
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330- 1
I
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
I. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same
locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of
the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
END OF SECTION 01320
VP
go
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320-5
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
w�
I. Startup and placement into final use and operation.
8. Area Separations: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work.
Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated
with other construction activities to provide for the following:
a. Structural completion.
wee
b. Permanent space enclosure.
C. Completion of mechanical installation.
d. Completion of electrical installation. •
e. Substantial Completion.
E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not
limited to,the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion,and Final Completion.
F. Cost Correlation: At the head of schedule, provide a cost correlation line, indicating planned and actual
costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed as of dates used for preparation of
payment requests.
I. Refer to Division I Section "Payment Procedures"for cost reporting and payment procedures.
2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE(GANTT CHART)
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart-type,
Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed .
Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback was .,
received since the start of Project
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each
week with a continuous vertical line.
I. For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated
completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual
construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled
progress meeting.
I. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been
recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, "
changes in logic,durations,actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.
3. As the Work progresses,indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors,testing
and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule
responsibility.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320-4 •s
MR
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element
of the Work. Comply with the following:
I. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically
allowed by Architect
2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and major
items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement
cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and
delivery.
w 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division I Section
"Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's
Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.
4. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than 30 days for startup and testing.
5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial
Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification
of Substantial Completion.
D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as
follows in schedule,and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
I. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.
3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by
ew Owner.
4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery
date indicated in Division I Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest
possible delivery date.
5. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product Include delivery date
indicated in Division I Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible
delivery date.
±w 6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
C. Uninterruptible services.
d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
e. Use of premises restrictions.
sit f. Provisions for future construction.
g. Seasonal variations.
h. Environmental control.
7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work,
including,but not limited to,the following.
a. Subcontract awards.
b. Submittals.
C. Purchases.
d. Mockups.
e. Fabrication.
f. Sample testing.
g. Deliveries.
h. Installation.
i. Tests and inspections.
j. Adjusting.
k. Curing.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320- 3
4W
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
w
to the Preliminary Construction Schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not
limited to,the following:
ow
I. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.
2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.
3. Discuss constraints,including phasing,work stages, and partial Owner occupancy.
4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.
5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.
6. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.
7. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies.
8. Review time required for completion and startup procedures.
9. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
10. Review submittal requirements and procedures.
11. Review procedures for updating schedule.
1.5 COORDINATION as
A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction
activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.
B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts,
Submittals Schedule,progress reports, payment requests,and other required schedules and reports.
I. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in
proper sequence.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by
construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing,
fabrication,and delivery when establishing dates.
I. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's +ter
Construction Schedule.
2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's"Construction Planning&Scheduling."
B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Substantial
Completion.
I. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early
completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320-2 .+�
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01320- CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of
construction during performance of the Work,including the following:
1. Contractors Construction Schedule.
2. Submittals Schedule.
B. Related Sections include the following:
I. Division I Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for preparing a combined Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
2. Division I Section"Payment Procedures"for submitting the Schedule of Values.
3. Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing
meeting and conference minutes.
4. Division I Section"Submittal Procedures"for submitting schedules and reports.
5. Division I Section"Quality Requirements"for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular
format:
I. Scheduled date for first submittal
2. Specification Section number and title.
3. Submittal category(action or informational).
4. Name of subcontractor.
5. Description of the Work covered.
6. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.
B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit two opaque copies of initial schedule, large enough to
show entire schedule for entire construction period.
ON I. Submit an electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on CD-R, and labeled to comply
with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (Initial or Updated) and date on label.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.
f. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors.
2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time
for response will start again.
3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum
may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division I Section
"Contract Modification Procedures."
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.
F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to
affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with
response.
G. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log
weekly with not less than the following:
I. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Architect.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Architect's response was received.
8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and
Proposal Request,as appropriate.
9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as
appropriate.
e
PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 0 13 10
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310-7
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
�r
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised
schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
1.8 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs)
.ws
A. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents, and if
not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the form
specified.
I. RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor will be
returned with no response.
. r
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or
work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and the
following:
I. Project name.
2. Date.
3. Name of Contractor.
4. Name of Architect.
5. RFI number, numbered sequentially. u�
6. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs,as appropriate.
7. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate.
8. Field dimensions and conditions,as appropriate.
9. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum,Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
10. Contractor's signature.
11. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop
Drawings,and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions, thicknesses,
structural grid references,and details of affected materials,assemblies,and attachments.
C. Hard-Copy RFIs:
I. Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number.
D. Software-Generated RFIs: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated ..
above.
I. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.
E. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow
seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m. will be
considered as received the following working day.
I. The following RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
C. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents.
d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310-6
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should
have been present.
5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate
whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and
reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with
preparation of payment requests.
I. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor,
subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings.
All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude
matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other
items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to
status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine
whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to
Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will
be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether
schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be
completed within the Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present,including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site utilization.
8) Temporary facilities and controls.
MR 9) Work hours.
10) Hazards and risks.
1 1) Progress cleaning.
12) Quality and work standards.
13) Status of correction of deficient items.
14) Field observations.
15) RFIs.
16) Status of proposal requests.
17) Pending changes.
18) Status of Change Orders.
Pill 19) Pending claims and disputes.
20) Documentation of information for payment requests.
3. Minutes: Architect will record and distribute to Contractor the meeting minutes.
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should
have been present.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310-5
.e�
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
k. Preparation of Record Documents.
I. Use of the premises and existing building.
M. Work restrictions.
n. Owner's occupancy requirements.
o. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
P. Construction waste management and recycling.
q. Parking availability.
r. Office,work,and storage areas.
S. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
t. First aid. ,f,
U. Security.
V. Progress cleaning.
W. Working hours.
ae
3. Minutes: Architect will record and distribute meeting minutes.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each
construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
I. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected
by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that
have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting
dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular
activity under consideration,including requirements for the following:
a. The Contract Documents.
.w
b. Options.
C. Related RFIs.
d. Related Change Orders.
e. Purchases. . ,
f. Deliveries.
g. Submittals.
h. Review of mockups. �.
i. Possible conflicts.
j. Compatibility problems.
k. Time schedules.
1. Weather limitations.
M. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
n. Warranty requirements.
o. Compatibility of materials.
P. Acceptability of substrates. "
q. Temporary facilities and controls.
r. Space and access limitations.
S. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
L Testing and inspecting requirements.
U. Installation procedures.
V. Coordination with other work.
W. Required performance results.
X. Protection of adjacent work.
Y. Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required
corrective measures and actions.
wR
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310-4
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Ed Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
a. Submit five copies where Coordination Drawings are required for operation and
maintenance manuals. Architect will retain two copies; remainder will be
returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Drawing.
4. Refer to individual Sections for Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections.
B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key
personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site.
Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including
home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals
assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
I. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary
telephone. Keep list current at all times.
on 1.6 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL
A. General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory personnel
OR as required for proper performance of the Work.
1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated.
I. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required,
of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and
times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
no 3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting
minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the
meeting.
a11r
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a
time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.
Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review
responsibilities and personnel assignments.
I. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor
and its superintendent; major subcontractors;suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend
the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to
conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Phasing.
C. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items.
d. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
f. Procedures for RFIs.
g. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
i. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
j. Submittal procedures.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310-3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure
maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all
components, including mechanical and electrical.
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for
coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports,and list of attendees at meetings.
I. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is
required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures
with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure
orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the
following:
I. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. w
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
9. Project closeout activities. .�.
D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with
consideration given to conservation of energy,water,and materials.
I. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into,
the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as
Owner's property. •
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability necessitates
maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if coordination is
required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities.
I. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Coordination
Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. Include the ■w
following information,as applicable:
a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural,
civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.
b. Indicate required installation sequences.
C. Indicate dimensions shown on the Contract Drawings and make specific note of
dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum +Ae,
clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect for resolution of such
conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered
changes to the Contract
w
2. Sheet Size: At least 8-1/2 by I I inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches.
3. Number of Copies: Submit three opaque copies of each submittal. Architect will return one
copy copies.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310-2
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 0 13 10- PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
t A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project
including, but not limited to,the following:
I. Coordination Drawings.
2. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
3. Project meetings.
4. Requests for Interpretation (RFIs).
B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility will be
assigned to a specific contractor.
C. Related Sections include the following:
I. Division I Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
to 2. Division I Section "Execution Requirements for procedures for coordinating general installation
and field-engineering services,including establishment of benchmarks and control points.
3. Division I Section"Closeout Procedures"for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
'X A. RFI: Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of the Contract Documents.
+w 1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to
ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations,
included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and
operation.
I. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or
after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum
accessibility for required maintenance,service,and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
.w,
11. Initial progress report
12. Report of preconstruction conference.
13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
14. Performance and payment bonds.
15. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
16. Initial settlement survey and damage report if required.
H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the
Work claimed as substantially complete.
I. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement
showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for
Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
I. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting w
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited,to the following.
I. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. w
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that
taxes,fees,and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement,accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
4. AIA Document G706,"Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." w
5. AIA Document G706A,"Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."
6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment"
7. Evidence that claims have been settled.
ru
8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of
Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for
corresponding elements of the Work.
9. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement.
PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) .�
PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) .
END OF SECTION 01290
w
w
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290-4 .�r
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by
Architect and paid for by Owner.
I. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and
final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
SIR
B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement
between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for
Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets
as form for Applications for Payment.
D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized
to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without
action.
i. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use
updated schedules if revisions were made.
to 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of
construction period covered by application.
E. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to
!' Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and
similar attachments if required.
OR I. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about application.
F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens
from subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous
application.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after
deduction for retainage,on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item,submit final or full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers.
4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved
with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien.
5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms,executed in a manner acceptable to Owner.
G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide
with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following.
I. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values.
3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
�s 4. Products list.
5. Schedule of unit prices.
6. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
7. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
8. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
9. Copies of building permits.
10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the
Work.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290- 3
wA
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
.w
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of Architect.
C. Architect's project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2. Submit draft of AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets . so
3. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following
for each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of the Work.
C. Name of subcontractor.
d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders(numbers)that affect value.
g. Dollar value.
I) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to
total 100 percent.
4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of
Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of
contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where
appropriate. Include separate line items under required principal subcontracts for operation and
maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project Record Documents, and demonstration and
training in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum.
5. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar,total shall equal the Contract Sum.
6. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and
stored,but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If specified, include
evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing.
7. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each
subsequent stage of completion,and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
8. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. Show
line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured
quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities.
9. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include
total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-
place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed
as general overhead expense,at Contractor's option.
10. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for .w
Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the
Contract Sum.
wo
1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
so
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290- 2 ws
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01290-PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process
! Applications for Payment.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division I Section "Contract Modification Procedures"for administrative procedures for handling
changes to the Contract.
2. Division 1 Section"Unit Prices"for administrative requirements governing use of unit prices.
3. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements
governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals
Schedule.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
! " A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to
various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for
Payment.
1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's
Construction Schedule. Cost-loaded CPM Schedule may serve to satisfy requirements for the Schedule
of Values.
I. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and
schedules,including the following:
IMP a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.
b. Submittals Schedule.
C. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days
before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.
B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the
Schedule of Values, Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.
+p I. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the
Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Architect
I. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work.
Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed
change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs,with total amount of
purchases and credits to be made. If requested,furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes,delivery charges,equipment rental,and amounts of trade discounts.
4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. �.
5. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change,
including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity
relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. w
6. Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change
requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.
C. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709 for Proposal Requests. +w
1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of
Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.
1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on
AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change
in the Work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
I. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also
designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract
Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the
Construction Change Directive.
w
I. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to
substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract
PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used)
w
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01250
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250-2 ..
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 01250-CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract
modifications.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division I Section "Unit Prices"for administrative requirements for using unit prices.
2. Division I Section "Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling requests
for substitutions made after Contract award.
PIN
1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving
adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710, "Architect's
Supplemental Instructions."
1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in
the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the
description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
I. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them
instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within 20 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost
adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total
amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to
substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
C. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
d. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,
and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the
Contract Time.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
wee
however, the sequence is incomplete because all available Section numbers are not used.
Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and
names of Sections in the Contract Documents.
2. Division 1: Sections in Division I govern the execution of the Work of all Sections in the
Specifications.
B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the
intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These
conventions are as follows:
1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is
abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not
stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and .w
plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract
Documents indicates.
2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications.
Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. **
Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to
describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so
noted.
a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are
implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 100
SUMMARY 01100-4 .,.
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
[I. Contractor shall install and otherwise incorporate Owner-furnished items into the Work.
1.8 USE OF PREMISES
A. General: Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including use of Project
site, during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Owner's right to
perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.
B. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb
portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
I. Limits: Confine constructions operations to areas where work is permitted.
a. Limit site disturbance, including earthwork and clearing of vegetation, to 40 feet beyond
building perimeter; 5 feet beyond primary roadway curbs, walkways, and main utility
branch trenches;and 25 feet beyond pervious paving areas.
2. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways parking garage,loading areas, and entrances serving
premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times.
Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.
3. Geotechnical Report: The Owner has provided a Geotechnical Report including soil boring
ew information for the Contractor's information. Given the limited subsurface exploration
performed for the preparation of the report, it is the Contractors responsibility to field verify all
site conditions independently and if necessary,prepare a separate geotechnical report.
1.9 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
'! A. Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to
place and install equipment in completed areas of building, before Substantial Completion,provided such
occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial
occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.
I. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational,and
required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will
operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of building.
2. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for
occupied portions of building.
1.10 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed inside the existing building during normal
business working hours, Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated.
1.11 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16-division
format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat"numbering system.
I. Section Identification: The Specifications use Section numbers and titles to help cross-
referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence;
SUMMARY 01100- 3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
1.4 TYPE OF CONTRACT
A. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract, using Owner-Contractor Agreement A 101 �*
and General Conditions A201 with Supplementary General Conditions.
1.5 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out
smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. Coordinate the Work of this "•
Contract with work performed under separate contracts.
B. Preceding Work: Owner may award separate contract(s) for construction operations at Project site.
Those operations are scheduled to be substantially complete before work under this Contract begins.
C. Concurrent Work: Owner may award separate contract(s) for construction operations at Project site.
Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract.
1.6 PRODUCTS ORDERED IN ADVANCE
A. General: Owner may negotiate Purchase Orders with suppliers of material and equipment to be
incorporated into the Work. Owner will assign these Purchase Orders to Contractor. Costs for
receiving, handling, storage if required, and installation of material and equipment are included in the
Contract Sum.
I. Contractor's responsibilities are same as if Contractor had negotiated Purchase Orders,
including responsibility to renegotiate purchase and to execute final Purchase-Order agreements.
1.7 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Owner may furnish products for incorporation into the Project The Work includes providing support
systems to receive Owner's equipment and making plumbing, mechanical,and electrical connections. .�
I. Owner will arrange for and deliver Shop Drawings, Product Data,and Samples to Contractor.
2. Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner-furnished items according to Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
3. After delivery, Owner will inspect delivered items for damage. Contractor shall be present for
and assist in Owner's inspection.
4. If Owner-furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, Owner will arrange for *�
replacement
5. Owner will arrange for manufacturer's field services and for delivery of manufacturer's
warranties to Contractor.
6. Owner will furnish Contractor the earliest possible delivery date for Owner-furnished products. .w
Using Owner-furnished earliest possible delivery dates, Contractor shall designate delivery dates
of Owner-furnished items in Contractor's Construction Schedule.
7. Contractor shall review Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples and return them to +*s
Architect noting discrepancies or anticipated problems in use of product
8. Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Owner-furnished items at Project
site.
9. Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner-furnished items from damage during storage and
handling, including damage from exposure to the elements.
10. If Owner-furnished items are damaged as a result of Contractor's operations, Contractor shall
repair or replace them.
SUMMARY
01100-2 ■*
- State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
an
SECTION 01100-SUMMARY
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
I. Work covered by the Contract Documents.
2. Type of the Contract.
3. Work phases.
4. Work under other contracts.
5. Products ordered in advance.
6. Owner-furnished products.
7. Use of premises.
8. Owner's occupancy requirements.
9. Work restrictions.
10. Specification formats and conventions.
B. Related Sections include the following:
I. Division I Section 'Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing
temporary use of Owner's facilities.
1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Identification:
I. Project Location: Bedford Terrace&State Street, Northampton, Massachusetts r 2. Overall project consists of two components: Moderate renovations to the existing 36 Bedford
Terrace and New Construction of six (6) additional housing units on the adjacent State Street
property.
a. The Work described herein is for the 6 units of New Construction.
b. Fire protection, plumbing, heating, and electrical engineering services will be provided on
a design/build basis by the Owner.
B. Owner: O'Connell Development Group.
to C. Architect: Dietz and Company Architects, Inc.
17 Hampden Street
Springfield, MA 01 103
SUMMARY 01100- 1
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
of the Contractor's creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of the Contractor's insolvency,or
if the Contractor persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails, except in cases for which extension of time
is provided,to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if the Contractor fails to
make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently disregards laws,
ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or disregards an
instruction, order, or decision of the Architect, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of any
provision of the Contract,then the Contractor shall be in default, and the Owner may,without prejudice
to any other right or remedy and upon written notice to the Contractor,take possession of all materials,
tools, appliances, equipment, construction equipment and machinery and vehicles, offices, and other
facilities on the Project site,and all materials intended for the Work,wherever stored;and seven (7) days
after such notice, may terminate the employment of the Contractor, accept assignment of any or all
subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4, and finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may deem
expedient. The Owner shall be entitled to collect from the Contractor all direct, indirect, and
consequential damages suffered by the Owner on account of the Contractor's default, including without
limitation additional services and expenses of the Architect made necessary thereby. The Owner shall be
entitled to hold all amounts due the Contractor at the date of termination until all of the Owner's
damages have been established,and to apply such amounts to such damages.
14.3.2 Delete subparagraph 14.3.2.
END OF SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 19
so
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
12.2.3 Add the following words after the word"shall"on line one:
"at its sole expense"
ARTICLE 13: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.2.1 Replace the second sentence of subparagraph 13.2.1 with following:
Except as hereinafter provided, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a
whole without the written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any moneys due or to
become due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner. The Owner may
assign the Contract to any institutional lender providing construction or permanent financing for the
Project and the Contractor agrees to execute all consents, certificates,and other documents required by
such lender in connection with such assignment.
13.2.2 Add the following to the end of subparagraph 13.2.2:
If the Owner conveys its interest in the Project to a third party, any rights which the Owner may have
against the Contractor arising from this Agreement including without limitation Claims under Article 12
or Claims which, under the terms of subparagraph 4.3.5,are reserved to the Owner after the making and
acceptance of final payment,shall automatically transfer to such third party.
13.5.4 Change subparagraph 13.5.4 to read as follows: w
13.5.4 The Contractor shall obtain and deliver promptly to the Architect any occupancy permit and any
certificates of final inspection of any part of the Contractors work and operating permits for any
mechanical apparatus, such as boilers, air compressors, etc., which may be required by law to permit full
use and occupancy of the premises by the Owner. Receipt of such permits or certificates by the
Architect shall be a condition precedent to Substantial Completion of the Work.
13.5.5 Delete subparagraph 13.5.5.
13.7 Delete Paragraph 13.7.
13.8 Add new Paragraph 13.8.
13.8 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
13.8.1 The Owner shall be liable only to the extent of its interests in the Project; and no officer,
director, partner,agent or employee of the Owner(or any partner of a partner or any agent or employee
of a partner) shall ever be personally or individually liable with respect to this Contract or the Work.
Each Subcontract shall include the foregoing limitation, which shall be effective if the Owner ever
succeeds to the Contractor's rights and obligations under a Subcontract.
ww
ARTICLE 14: TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
14.1.1.4 Delete subparagraph 14.1.1.4. .�
14.2 Change Paragraph 14.2 to read as follows:
14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER
If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if the Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 18
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz bf Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
Said policy shall contain limits of coverage for Personal Injury and Property Damage in amounts
not less than $1,000,000 per each occurrence, $1,000,000 aggregate, and the Owner shall be
added as a named insured thereon.
11.3 Delete Article 11.3 in its entirety.
11.4.1 Delete and substitute the following:
11.4.1 The Owner shall purchase and maintain so-called Builder's Risk Insurance upon the entire Work
Pill, at the site in the amount it deems reasonably necessary. This insurance shall cover the Work as installed
and materials intended for installation which have been delivered to, unloaded, and stored securely (and
in accordance with the Owner's written instructions) on the site. The Contractor shall purchase and
�r
maintain insurance upon materials not yet installed and not stored securely on the site.
The insurance referred to in this subparagraph 11.4.1 shall be subject to the following limitations:
i Excepted from coverage shall be owned, rented, or leased construction tools and equipment to
be used to perform Work by the Contractor and its Subcontractors.
.2 The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall be solely responsible for all loss or damage to
construction tools or equipment used to perform the Work. Any insurance protecting such
equipment shall include an endorsement waiving the insurer's right of subrogation against the
Owner,Architect,and their consultants.
Per .3 If by the terms of this insurance a deductible is required, in the event of a paid claim the
Contractor shall be responsible for the deductible amount up to a sum not to exceed $3,000 per
claim.
11.4.3 Add the following to the end of the last sentence of subparagraph 11.4.3:
to the extent covered and paid by insurance under this subparagraph 11.4.3."
1 1.4.1 1-Add new subparagraphs 1 1.4.1 1 and 1 1.4.12 as follows:
1 1.4.12
1 1.4.1 1 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as calling for the name of the Contractor or any
Subcontractor or any Sub-subcontractor as loss payee on Owner's insurance, and no draft or other
instrument in payment of any loss shall name the Contractor, Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor as
joint payees thereof. In the event the insurance proceeds paid to the Owner are not made available for
ew reconstruction,the Owner shall promptly notify the Contractor of such fact and such notification shall be
treated as a termination in accordance with the provisions of Article 14.
1 1.4.12 The Contractor shall require each of its Subcontractors to procure and maintain during the life
of its subcontract all the insurance reasonably required by the Owner or the Owner's lender and shall
not allow its Subcontractors to begin work until the insurance has been so obtained and certificates of
insurance approved. The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to provide a thirty (30) day
written notice to the Contractor of cancellation or material change to any of the insurance coverages.
ARTICLE 12: UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
12.1.2 Add the following words after the end of the first sentence:
"if the Architect in good faith believes that the Work needs to be uncovered to be observed."
POP
12.2.2.3 Delete the text in its entirety and replace with the following: The one-year period for correction of
Work shall be extended as to any corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this
Paragraph 12.2 for a period of one year from completion of such corrective Work.
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 17
FRI
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
.2 Comprehensive General Liability (including Premises-Operations; Independent Owner's and
Contractor's Protective; Products and Completed Operations Broad Form Property Damage)
a) Bodily Injury
1) Each occurrence $1,000,000
2 Annual Aggregate $2,000,000
b) Property Damage �.
1) Each occurrence $1,000,000
2) Annual Aggregate $2,000,000
.3 Personal Injury
Annual Aggregate $2,000,000
.4 Completed Operations and Products Liability as well as Contractor's Liability coverage insuring
the indemnity agreement in this Contract shall be maintained for two (2) years after Final
Payment.
.5 Property Damage Liability Insurance shall include coverage for the following hazards:
X(excavation) C (collapse) U (underground)
In addition the policy shall be endorsed to insure against liability for damage resulting from
w�
lasting or pile-driving operations, undermining and for damage to underground pipes and
utilities caused by digging with mechanical equipment.
.6 Comprehensive Automobile Liability
a) Bodily Injury
I Each Person
$1,000,000
2) Each Occurrence $1,000,000
b) Property Damage
1) Each occurrence $ 250,000
.7 Renewal certificates shall be addressed to and filed with both the Contractor and the Owner at
least thirty(30) days prior to the expiration date of required policies.
.8 Unless, in particular cases, the Owner and Contractor shall agree otherwise in writing, the
Contractor shall require all SubContractors to maintain insurance conforming to the provisions
of this Paragraph 1 1.1 and the Contractor shall maintain on file all such required Certificates of
Insurance,which file shall be available for inspection by the Owner upon request.
.9 In addition to the Comprehensive General Liability coverage required to be carried by the
Contractor pursuant to this Article 11,the Contractor shall also provide the Owner with
Certificate(s) of Insurance under a Blanket Excess Liability policy over the primary insurance.
w�
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 16
w
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&'Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
10.2.1.3 In subparagraph 10.2.1.3,add the word "and"to the end of the subparagraph.
10.2.1.4 Add new subparagraph 10.2.1.4 as follows:
.4 any other property of the Owner,whether or not forming part of the Work, located at the site
or adjacent thereto in areas to which the Contractor has access.
10.2.5 Replace subparagraph 10.2.5 with the following:
The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss to property referred to in clauses 10.2.1.2,
10.2.1.3,and 10.2.1.4. If the damage or loss is due in whole or in part to the Contractor's failure to take
the precautions required by this Paragraph 10.2, the Contractor shall, subject to any reimbursement to
which the Contractor is entitled under property insurance required by the Contract Documents, bear
the cost.
10.2.8- Add new subparagraphs 10.2.8 through 10.2.1 1 as follows;
10.2.1 1
10.2.8 The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good operating condition suitable and adequate fire
protection equipment and services, and shall comply with all reasonable recommendations regarding fire
protection made by the representatives of the fire insurance company carrying insurance on the Work or
by the local fire chief or fire marshal. The area within the site limits shall be kept orderly and clean, and
all combustible rubbish shall be promptly removed from the site.
10.2.9 The Contractor shall at all times protect excavations, trenches, buildings and materials, from rain
water, ground water, backup or leakage or sewers, drains and other piping, and from water of any other
origin and shall remove promptly any accumulation of water. The Contractor shall provide and operate
all pumps, piping and other equipment necessary to this end.
10.2.10 The Contractor shall remove snow and ice which might result in damage or delay.
10.2.1 1 During the progress of the Work and at all times prior to the date of Substantial Completion or
occupancy of the Work by the Owner,whichever is earlier,the Contractor shall provide temporary heat,
ventilation, and enclosure, adequate to permit the Work to proceed in a timely fashion, and to prevent
damage to completed Work or Work in progress, or to materials stored on the premises. The
permanent heating and ventilation systems may be used for these purposes when available unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 11: INSURANCE AND BONDS
11.1.1 In the first sentence of subparagraph 1 I.I.1 following the word "located" insert the words "and to which
the Owner has no reasonable objection".
11.1.2 Delete entirely and substitute the following:
1 1.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 1 I.I.1 with respect to the Contractor shall be written
for not less than the following:
I Worker's Compensation
t a) State Statutory
b) Employer's Liability Statutory
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 15
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz FY Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project ..�
9.6.3 Delete subparagraph 9.6.3.
9.6.4 Change subparagraph 9.6.4 to read as follows:
9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of
money to a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor,or material supplier.
9.6.5 Delete subparagraph 9.6.5.
9.7.1 Delete the words "or awarded by arbitration". MIR
9.8.1 Add at the end of subparagraph 9.8.1:
an
"and only minor items which can be corrected or completed without any material interference with the
Owner's use of the Work remain to be corrected or completed."
9.8.2 Replace subparagraph 9.8.2 with the following: ON
When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof designated in the Contract
Documents for separate completion, is substantially complete and the premises comply with go
subparagraph 3.15.I, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect (1) a list of items to be completed or
corrected, (2) all special warranties required by the Contract Documents, endorsed by the Contractor
and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Architect, and (3) the permits and certificates referred to in
subparagraph 13.5.4. The failure to include any items on the list mentioned in the preceding sentence '""
does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the Work or designated
portion thereof is substantially complete and the other conditions have been met,the Architect will then
prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and
the Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work,and insurance, and shall fix
the time within which the Contractor shall complete the items listed therein. Warranties required by the
Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated
portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Certificate
of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance
of the responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate.
9.9.1 Change subparagraph 9.9.1 to read as follows:
9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any
stage. Such partial occupancy or use may begin whether or not the portion is substantially complete,
provided that the respective responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor with respect to payments,
retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, insurance, correction of the
Work, and warranties shall be established by agreement of the Owner and Contractor or, absent such
agreement, shall be determined by the Architect subject to the right of either party to contest such
determination as provided in Paragraph 4.5.
9.10.2 Replace the second sentence of subparagraph 9.10.2 with the following:
If the Contractor fails to furnish such releases or waivers as the Owner reasonably requires to satisfy the
Owner that there are no outstanding liens,the Owner may require the Contractor,as a condition of final
payment and at the Contractor's expense, to furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the
Owner against any such liens.
er
ARTICLE 10: PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1.2 In subparagraph 10.2.1.2,delete the word "and"at the end of the subparagraph. **
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 14
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
8.3.5 The Contractor hereby agrees that the Contractor shall have no claim for damages of any kind
against the Owner or Architect on account of any delay in the commencement of the Work and/or any
delay or suspension of any portion of the Work, whether such delay is caused by the Owner, the
Architect, or otherwise. The Contractor acknowledges that the Contractor's sole remedy for any such
delay and/or suspension will be an extension of time as provided in this Article.
8.3.6 Any extension of the Contract Time shall be net of any delays caused by or within the control of
Contractor. A delay caused by or within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to
be within the control of the Contractor.
8.3.7 Whenever Contractor recognizes or is notified of an occurrence or event likely to cause delay,
Contractor shall notify and cooperate with Owner and Architect and do all things reasonable under the
circumstances to mitigate and minimize the impact of such occurrence or event on the construction
schedule and the Contract.
ARTICLE 9: PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
w
9.1.1 In subparagraph 9.1.1, change"total"in line two to"maximum".
40 9.2.1 Add at the end of the first sentence of subparagraph 9.2.1:
"and shall be revised if later found by the Architect to be inaccurate."
!!!!� 9.3.1 Add new subparagraph 9.3.1.3:
9.3.1.3 Until Substantial Completion, the Owner shall pay 90% of the amount due the Contractor on
account of progress payments.
9.3.3 Change subparagraph 9.3.3 to read as follows:
9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to
the Owner either by incorporation in the construction or upon the receipt of payment by the
Contractor,whichever occurs first, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances,
hereinafter referred to in this Article as "liens". The Contractor further agrees that the submission of any
Application for Payment shall conclusively be deemed to waive all liens with respect to said Work to
which the Contractor may then be entitled, provided that such waiver of the lien rights shall not waive
the Contractor's right to payment for such Work.
9.3.4 Add new subparagraph 9.3.4 as follows:
9.3.4 Each Application for Payment or periodic estimate requesting payment shall be accompanied at the
Owner's option by (i) a waiver of liens from each Subcontractor or (ii) a certificate from each
Subcontractor stating that the Subcontractor has been paid all amounts due the Subcontractor on the
basis of the previous periodic payment to the Contractor, or else stating the amount not so paid and the
reason for the discrepancy. In the event of any such discrepancy, the Contractor shall furnish the
Contractor's own written explanation to the Owner through the Architect. Such waiver or certificate
shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner.
9.5.1 In subparagraph 9.5.1,change item .6 and add new subparagraph 9.5.1.8 as follows:
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that
No retainage currently held by the Owner would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated
damage for the anticipated delay;
.8 a lien or attachment is filed;
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 13
no
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
.e
Contractor to submit for Owner's approval and then to implement a time recovery plan (for example,
more personnel, overtime and/or double shifts) at the Contractor's expense to reasonably assure
Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time. No
8.2.4- Add new subparagraphs 8.2.4 through 8.2.9 as follows:
8.2.9
8.2.4 Within four (4)weeks after execution of the contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect ow
a Progress Schedule showing for each class of work included in the Schedule of Values, the percentage
completion to be obtained and the total dollar value of work to be completed as of the first of each
month until Substantial Completion. All calculations shall be on the basis of work in place, but not am
including the value of materials delivered but not in place.
8.2.5 The Progress Schedule shall be based on an orderly progression of the work, allowing adequate no
time for each operation (including adequate time for submission and review to submittals),and leading to
a reasonable certainty of Substantial Completion by the date established in the Agreement. The Progress
Schedule will be reviewed by the Architect for compliance with the requirements of this Article and will
be accepted by the Architect or returned to the Contractor for revision and resubmittal. Unless
specifically required by law, no payment under this Contract shall be due until the Progress Schedule has
been approved by the Architect.
w
8.2.6 If each of three successive applications, as certified by the Architect, indicate that the actual Work
completed is less than 90% of the values estimated in the Progress Schedule to be completed by the
respective dates, the Owner may at the Owner's option, treat the Contractor's delinquency as a default
justifying the action permitted under Paragraph 14.2. *�+
8.2.7 If the Architect has determined that the Contractor should be permitted to extend the time for
completion as provided in Paragraph 8.3, the calendar dates in the Progress Schedule shall be adjusted
accordingly to retain their same relationship to the adjusted date of Substantial Completion, and the
dollar value of work to be completed as of the first of each month shall be adjusted prorata.
8.2.8 If the Contractor fails to submit any Application for Payment in any month, the Architect shall, for
the purpose of this evaluation of progress, certify separately to the actual value of the Work in place
completed as of the first of the month to the best of the Architect's knowledge.
8.2.9 Nothing herein shall limit the Owner's right to liquidated or other damages for delays by the A
Contractor or to any other remedy which the Owner may possess under other provisions of the
Contract Documents or by law.
8.3.1 In subparagraph 8.3.1, change "other causes beyond the Contractor's control" to read "other causes
(except weather) beyond the Contractor's control." Delete the words "pending mediation and
arbitration". Delete the words "Change Order"and substitute"Construction Change Directive". 00
8.3.3 Delete subparagraph 8.3.3 and substitute the following and add new subparagraphs 8.3.3, 8.3.4 and 8.3.5
as follows:
8.3.3 No claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure of the Architect to furnish Drawings,
Specifications, or instructions or to return Shop Drawings or Samples until 15 days after receipt by the
Architect by registered or certified mail of written demand for such instructions, Drawings, or Samples.
8.3.4 No extension of time shall be granted because of seasonal or abnormal variations in temperature,
humidity or precipitation, which conditions shall be wholly at the risk of the Contractor, whether
occurring within the time originally scheduled for completion or within the period of any extension
granted. There shall be no increase in the Contract Sum on account of any additional costs of operations
or conditions resulting therefrom.
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 12
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
(d) By submission to a court, which shall determine the fair value of the work covered by the
change.
7.3.4.1 As used in this paragraph, "cost" shall mean the estimated or actual net increase or decrease in cost to
the Contractor, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor for performing the work covered by the change,
including actual payments for materials, equipment rentals, expendable items, wages and associated
benefits to workmen and to supervisors employed full time at the site, insurance, bonds and other
provable direct costs, but not including any administrative, accounting or expediting costs, or other
indirect or overhead costs,or any wages or benefits of supervisory personnel not assigned full time to the
site, or any amount for profit or fee to the Contractor,Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor.
7.3.4.2 "Percentage" shall mean an allowance to be added to the cost in lieu of overhead and profit and of any
other expense which is not included in the Cost of the Work covered by the change, as defined above.
Percentage for a Subcontractor shall be 10% of any net increase of cost of any work performed by the
Subcontractor's own forces plus 7-1/2% of any aggregate net increase in the cost of work performed for
the Subcontractor by Sub-Subcontractors. Percentage for the General Contractor shall be I S% of any
net increase in the Cost of any work performed by the Contractor's own forces plus 7-1/2% aggregate
net increase in the cost of any work performed for the Contractor by Subcontractors.
7.3.4.3 In the event of a credit,the amount of the credit will not include an overhead and profit factor.
7.3.4.4 When in the reasonable judgment of the Architect a series of Construction Change Directives or Change
Orders effect a single change, percentage shall be calculated on the cumulative net increase or decrease in
r Cost, if any.
7.3.4.5 If the Owner elects to determine the cost of the Work as provided in method (a) using unit prices stated
or in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,the unit prices shall be subject to subparagraph
7.1.4. Notwithstanding the inclusion of unit prices in the Contract documents, it shall be the Owner's
option to require the Cost of any given change to be determined by one of the other methods stated in
7.3.4. If the Owner elects to determine the cost of the change work by unit prices and the nature of the
or work is such that its extent cannot readily be measured after the completion of such work or any
subsequent work, the Contractor shall keep daily records, available at all times to the Architect for
inspection, of the actual quantities of such work put in place, and delivery receipts or other adequate
evidence, acceptable to the Architect, indicating the quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in
such unit price work, and distinguishing such from other similar material delivered for use in work
included in the base Contract sum. If so required by the Architect, materials for use in unit price work
shall be stored apart from all other materials on the Project.
op
7.3.4.6 If the Owner elects to determine the cost of the work as provided in methods (c) or (d) of subparagraph
7.3.4. or if the method of determining the cost has not been established before the work is begun, the
Contractor shall keep detailed daily records of labor and materials costs applicable to the work.
7.3.4 Renumber former subparagraph 7.3.4 as 7.3.5. In the last line, delete the words "Contract Sum or".
A 7.3.5 Renumber former subparagraph 7.3.5 as 7.3.6.
7.3.6 Delete former subparagraph 7.3.6.
ARTICLE 8: TIME
8.2.3 Add the following sentence to the end paragraph 8.2.3:
If the Owner determines that the Contractor is not maintaining the progress of the Work in accordance
with the construction schedule or otherwise consistent with Substantial Completion within the Contract
Time, and such delays are not excusable as set forth in Paragraph 8.3, then the Owner may require the
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 11
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
A provision that the Subcontractor shall look solely to the Contractor and not to the Owner for the
satisfaction of all claims by the Subcontractor arising under the subcontract prior to an assignment of the
subcontract to the Owner under Subparagraph 5.3.2.2;and w.
5.3.2.7 Add the following new Subparagraph 5.3.2.7:
a provision similar to Subparagraph 14.4.3 hereof limiting the amounts recoverable by the
Subcontractor from Contractor in the event of a termination by the Contractor.
5.4.2 Delete subparagraph 5.4.2. aes.
ARTICLE 6: CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.2.4 Add the following at the end of subparagraph 6.2.4:
"If such separate Contractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against the Owner on account of
any damage alleged to have been caused by the Contractor, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who
shall defend such proceedings at the Owner's expense, and if any judgment or award against the Owner
arises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorney's
fees and court or arbitration costs which the Owner has incurred."
ARTICLE 7: CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.2.2 Delete subparagraph 7.2.2. ..
7.3.3 Add the following as new subparagraph 7.3.3:
7.3.3 Upon request of the Owner or the Architect, the Contractor shall, without cost to the Owner
submit to the Architect, in such form as the Architect may require, an accurate written estimate of the
cost of any proposed extra work or change. The estimate shall indicate the quantity and unit cost of each
item of materials, and the number of hours of work and hourly rate for each class of labor,as well as the
description and amounts of all other costs chargeable under the terms of this Article. Unit labor costs
for the installation of each item of materials shall be shown if required by the Architect. The Contractor
shall promptly revise and resubmit such estimate if the Architect determines that it is not in compliance
with the requirements of this Article, or that it contains errors of facts or mathematical errors. If
required by the Architect, in order to establish the exact cost of new work added or of previously
required work omitted,the Contractor shall obtain and furnish to the Architect bona fide proposals from
recognized suppliers for furnishing any material included in such work. Such estimates shall be furnished
promptly so as to occasion no delay in the Work, and shall be furnished at the Contractor's expense.
The Contractor shall state in the estimate any extension of time required for the completion of the
Work if the change or extra work is ordered.
Renumber former subparagraph 7.3.3 as 7.3.4 and make the following changes:
7.3.4 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment
shall be based on one of the following methods,as selected by the Owner.
(a) By unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or otherwise mutually agreed upon.
(b) By Cost and Percentages estimated by the Contractor as provided in subparagraph 7.3.3 and
accepted by the Owner; the Contractor's estimate shall become a fixed price which shall not be
changed by any variation in the actual cost of executing the work covered by the change.
(c) By actual cost determined after the work covered by the change is completed, plus Percentage.
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 10
w
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
4.6.7 The parties shall permit and cooperate in reasonable discovery appropriate to arbitration including
production of all non-privileged documents relevant to the subject matter of the dispute, exchange of
expert reports, limited depositions and pre-hearing disclosure of positions and contentions, intended
witnesses and exhibits. The arbitrator is authorized to resolve discovery disputes and enforce discovery
obligations in proceedings under this Paragraph 4.6.
4.6.8 Anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 4.6. not withstanding, if the subject matter of the arbitration
includes the Work of a Subcontractor, the Owner may join such Subcontractor as a party to the
arbitration hereunder. Contractor shall require that all subcontracts contain a specific provision whereby
so the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between the Owner and the Contractor
involving the Work of such Subcontractor.
ARTICLE 5: SUBCONTRACTORS
5.3.1 Add at the end of the first sentence of subparagraph 5.3.1:
"including without limitation the obligations set forth in subparagraph 3.18.4."
5.3.2 Add the following new paragraph 5.3.2:
The Contractor shall include the following provisions in each of its subcontracts:
5.3.2.1 Add the following new Subparagraph 5.3.2.1:
An agreement by the Contractor and subcontractor that the Owner is an intended third party beneficiary
of the subcontract entitled to enforce any rights thereunder for Owner's benefit. Nothing in this Clause
5.3.2.1 or in the Contract Documents or in a subcontract shall allow a subcontractor to enforce any right
against the Owner or create an obligation on the part of Owner to pay a subcontractor any money due a
Subcontractor or guarantee or ensure that the Contractor makes any payment due the Subcontractor.
5.3.2.2 Add the following new Subparagraph 5.3.2.2:
A provision that the subcontract shall. At the option of the Owner, be assigned to the Owner without
any change in the terms of such subcontract, including price, in the even that the Contractor is
terminated in accordance with the terms of the Contract.
5.3.2.3 Add the following new Subparagraph 5.3.2.3:
A provision that the Subcontractor shall comply immediately with a written order of the Owner to the
Contractor to suspend or stop the Work.
5.3.2.4 Add the following new Subparagraph 5.3.2.4:
An agreement by the Subcontractor to consent to be joined in an arbitration between Owner and
Contractor that involves the Work of the Subcontractor.
5.3.2.5 Add the following new Subparagraph 5.3.2.5:
An agreement by the Subcontractor to obtain and carry the insurance required under the Contract
Documents (including, without limitation, the waiver of subrogation) and to waive all rights against the
Owner consistent with Subparagraph 11.4.7 hereof.
5.3.2.6 Add the following new Subparagraph 5.3.2.6:
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800-9
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
instructions may be effected by field order or other notice to the Contractor, and provided such
drawings or instructions are reasonably consistent with the previously existing Contract Documents, the
Work shall be executed in accordance with such additional drawings or instructions without additional
cost or extension of the Contract Time. If the Contractor claims additional cost or time on account of
such additional drawings or instructions,the Contractor shall give notice provided in subparagraph 4.3.7.
4.3.2 Delete subparagraph 4.3.2 and substitute the following:
4.3.2 Claims arising prior to final payment or the earlier termination of the Contract shall be referred
initially to the Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4. •.
4.3.4 Add the following to the end of subparagraph 4.3.4:
4.3.4 Should conditions encountered below the surface of the ground require that footings, foundations w
or other parts of the building or other structure be raised, lowered or changed, or if additional depth of
excavation below the levels shown on the Drawings is required in order to provide proper bearing for
the building or other structure or for any permanent utilities on the site or for permanent grading or
other permanent site work, any change in the amount of excavation, dewatering, sheeting, protection,
rock excavation, backfill, concrete or other structural work, or any other work permanently
incorporated in the building shall be considered a change in the Work, and the Contract Sum shall be
adjusted as provided in this Article, provided that the Work has been ordered in writing as provided in
7.1.1. There shall be no adjustment of the contract sum on account of other costs resulting from subsoil
or water conditions including, without limitation, costs on account of delay, administration, operations,
cave-in or collapse of excavations. .�
4.3.5 Change subparagraph 4.3.5 to read as follows:
4.3.5 If the Contractor claims that any acts or omissions of the Owner or the Architect, including any .w
instructions or orders,whether oral, written, by Drawings, or otherwise, involve extra cost or time, and
the Contractor has not received a written acknowledgment by the Owner or Architect that extra
payment will be made or time extended on account thereof, the Contractor shall promptly so notify the
Architect in writing of such Claim and shall not proceed with the Work relating to such Claim until the
Contractor has received a further written order to proceed in accordance with Paragraph 4.4 except, as
provided in Paragraph 10.3, in the case of an emergency affecting life or property. No claim by the 4W
Contractor on account of such acts,omissions, instructions or orders shall be valid unless the Contractor
has so notified the Architect, before proceeding,and has received the further written order to proceed.
4.3.7.1 Delete the second sentence of subparagraph 4.3.7.1 and substitute the following: on
The Contractor shall have the burden of demonstrating the effect of the claimed delay on the Contract
Time, and shall furnish the Architect with such documentation relating thereto as the Architect may an
reasonably require.
4.3.7.2 Delete subparagraph 4.3.7.2 and substitute the following:
No
4.3.7.2 Claims for additional time shall not be allowed, except with the written consent of the Owner, if
the requirement for additional time was the result of the negligence of the Contractor, its agents or
employees.
0M
4.6.2 Insert the following sentence at the end of subparagraph 4.6.2:
In any such arbitration, the American Arbitration Association shall appoint a single arbitrator in w
accordance with their Rules.
so
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800-8
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
3.12.9 Add the following at the end of subparagraph 3.12.9:
Unless such written notice has been given, the Architect's approval of a resubmitted Shop Drawing,
Product Data, Sample, or similar submittal shall not constitute approval of any changes not requested on
the prior submittal.
3.13.1 Delete subparagraph 3.13.1 and substitute the following:
3.13.1 The right of possession of the premises and the improvements made thereon by the Contractor
shall remain at all times in the Owner' possession. The Contractor's right to entry and use thereof arises
solely from the permission granted by the Owner under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall
confine the Contractor's apparatus, the storage of materials, and the operations of the Contractor's
workers to limits indicated by law,ordinances,the Contract Documents and permits and/or directions of
the Architect and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with the Contractor's materials. The
Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor, the Subcontractors, their employees or anyone else with
respect to the conditions of the premises, except only for a condition caused directly and solely by the
negligence of the Owner.
3.18 Delete the words "but only to the extent" in the first sentence of subparagraph 3.18.1; add new
subparagraphs 3.18.3 and 3.18.4 as follows:
3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the
Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents or employees of any of them arising out of (1) the
preparation of maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or Specifications, or
(2) directions or instructions given by the Architect,the Architect's consultants and agents or employees
of any of them,provided such instructions or directions are the primary cause of the injury or damage.
aw
3.18.4 In consideration of the Contractor's undertaking to indemnify and hold harmless the Architect,
the Architect's consultants and agents or employees of any of them, in accordance with this Paragraph
3.18, the Architect agrees that the Architect will not bring any civil suit, action or other proceeding in
law, equity or arbitration against the Contractor, or the officers, employees, agents and servants of the
Contractor,for or on account of any action which the Architect may have arising out of or in any manner
connected with the Work, except to enforce the provisions of this Paragraph 3.18; and the Contractor,
or any successor, assign or subrogee of the Contractor, agrees not to bring any civil suit,action or other
proceeding in law, equity or arbitration against the Architect, or the officers, employees, agents and
servants of the Architect,for the enforcement of any action which the Contractor may have arising out of
or in any manner connected with the Work.
ARTICLE 4: ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.1.2 Delete subparagraph 4.1.2.
4.2.7 In subparagraph 4.2.7,add to the end of the first sentence, "and only to the extent which the Architect
believes desirable to protect the Owner's interest." Change the second sentence to read:
"The Architect's action will be taken with reasonable promptness, while allowing sufficient time in the
Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review, taking into account the time periods set
forth in the latest schedule prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Architect pursuant to
subparagraphs 8.2.4 through 8.2.10." In the fifth sentence, delete the words "unless otherwise specifically
stated by the Architect."
4.2.1 1 Add the following to the end of subparagraph 4.2.11:
The Architect may, as the Architect judges desirable, issue additional drawings or instructions indicating
in greater detail the construction or design of the various parts of the Work; such drawings or
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800-7
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent, reasonably acceptable to the Owner, and
necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site full time during the progress of the �+
Work until the date of Substantial Completion, and for such additional time thereafter as the Architect
may determine to be necessary for the expeditious completion of the Work. The Contractor shall
remove the superintendent if requested to do so in writing by the Owner,and shall promptly replace him
with a competent person reasonably acceptable to the Owner.
3.9.2- Add new subparagraphs 3.9.2 through 3.9.5 as follows:
3.9.5
3.9.2 The Contractor shall retain a competent Registered Professional Engineer or Registered Land
Surveyor, acceptable to the Architect,who shall establish the exterior lines and required elevations of all
buildings and structures to be erected on the site and shall establish sufficient lines and grades for the
construction of associated Work such as, but not limited to, roads, utilities, and site grading. The
Engineer or Land Surveyor shall certify as to the actual location of the constructed facilities in relation to
property lines, building lines,easements,and other restrictive boundaries.
3.9.3 The Contractor shall establish the building grades, lines, levels, column, wall and partition lines
required by the various Subcontractors in laying out their Work.
w
3.9.4 The Contractor shall coordinate and supervise the Work performed by Subcontractors to the end
that the Work is carried out without conflict between trades and so that no trade, at any time, causes
delay to the general progress of the Work. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall at all times
afford each trade, any separate Contractor, or the Owner, every reasonable opportunity for the
installation of Work and the storage of materials.
3.9.5 The Contractor shall arrange for and attend job meetings with the Architect and such other
persons as the Architect may from time to time wish to have present. The Contractor shall be
represented by a principal, project manager, general superintendent or other authorized main office
representative, as well as by the Contractor's own superintendent. An authorized representative of any
Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor shall attend such meetings if the representative's presence is
requested by the Architect. Such representatives shall be empowered to make binding commitments on
all matters to be discussed at such meetings, including costs, payments,change orders,time schedules and
manpower. Any notices required under the Contract may be served on such representatives.
3.10.1 Change subparagraph 3.10.1 to read as follows:
3.10.1 The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a progress schedule as described in
subparagraphs 8.2.4 through 8.2.10, and related to the schedule of values required under Article 9. The
progress schedule shall include an estimated cash flow schedule showing anticipated monthly
expenditures throughout the duration of the Contract based on the schedule of values. The provisions of
updated progress schedules shall not alter the Contractor's obligation to meet the initial schedule or
achieve Substantial Completion of all the Work within the Contract Time.
3.12.6 Delete subparagraph 3.12.6 and substitute the following: •
3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals the
Contractor thereby represents that the Contractor has determined and verified all dimensions,
quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later,
coordination with information on previously accepted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar
submittals and verification of compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The
accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor. In reviewing Shop Drawings,
Product Data, Samples and similar submittals the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the Contractor's
representation that such information is correct and accurate.
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800-6
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
�w
3.5.2- Add new subparagraphs 3.5.2 through 3.5.9 as follows:
3.5.9
3.5.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for determining that all materials furnished for the Work meet
all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect may require the Contractor to produce
reasonable evidence that a material meets such requirements, such as certified reports of past tests by
qualified testing laboratories, reports of studies by qualified experts, or other evidence which, in the
opinion of the Architect, would lead to a reasonable certainty that any material used, or proposed to be
used, in the Work meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. All such data shall be furnished
No at the Contractor's expense. This provision shall not require the Contractor to pay for periodic testing
of different batches of the same material, unless such testing is specifically required by the Contract
Documents to be performed at the Contractor's expense.
go 3.5.3 In all cases in which a manufacturer's name, trade name or other proprietary designation is used in
connection with materials or articles to be furnished under this Contract,whether or not the phrase "or
equal" is used after such name, the Contractor shall furnish the product of the named manufacturer(s)
without substitution, unless a written request for a substitute has been submitted by the Contractor and
approved in writing by the Architect and Owner as provided in subparagraph 3.5.4.
3.5.4 If the Contractor proposes to use a material which,while suitable for the intended use, deviates in
any way from the detailed requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall inform the
Architect and the Owner in writing of the nature of such deviations at the time the material is submitted
for approval, and shall request written approval of the deviation from the requirements of the Contract
Documents and shall not use such deviating material unless written approval is obtained.
3.5.5 In requesting approval of deviations or substitutions, the Contractor shall provide, upon request,
evidence leading to a reasonable certainty that the proposed.substitution or deviation will provide a
quality of result at least equal to that otherwise attainable. If, in the opinion of the Architect, the
evidence presented by the Contractor does not provide a sufficient basis for such reasonable certainty,
the Architect may reject such substitution or deviation without further investigation.
3.5.6 The Contract Documents are intended to produce a building of consistent character and quality of
design. All components of the building including visible items of mechanical and electrical equipment have
been selected to have a coordinated design in relation to the overall appearance of the building. The
Architect shall judge the design and appearance of proposed substitutes on the basis of their suitability in
relation to overall design of the Project, as well as for their intrinsic merits. The Architect will not
approve as equal to materials specified proposed substitutes which, in the Architect's opinion, would be
out of character, obtrusive, or otherwise inconsistent with the character or quality of design of the
Project. In order to permit coordinated design of color and finishes the Contractor shall, if required by
the Architect, furnish the substituted material in any color, finish, texture, or pattern which would have
been available from the manufacturer originally specified,at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.5.7 Any additional cost, including additional Architectural fees, or any loss or damage arising from the
substitution of any material or any method for those originally specified shall be borne by the Contractor,
notwithstanding approval or acceptance of such substitution by the Owner or the Architect, unless such
substitution was made at the written request or direction of the Owner or the Architect.
3.5.8 The warranty provided in this paragraph 3.5 shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any
other warranty required by the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by law.
3.5.9 The Contractor shall procure and deliver to the Architect, no later than the date claimed by the
Contractor as the date of Substantial Completion, all special warranties required by the Contract
Documents. Delivery by the Contractor shall constitute the Contractor's guarantee to the Owner that
the warranty will be performed in accordance with its terms and conditions.
3.9.1 Delete the first sentence of subparagraph 3.9.1 and substitute the following:
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800-5
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
w
3.2.4 The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of any additional Drawings, Specifications, or
instructions required to define the Work in greater detail, or to permit the proper progress of the
Work.
3.2.5 The Contractor shall not proceed with any Work not clearly and consistently defined in detail in
the Contract Documents, but shall request additional drawings or instructions from the Architect as ..
provided in subparagraph 3.2.4. If the Contractor proceeds with such Work without obtaining further
Drawings, Specifications or instructions,the Contractor shall promptly correct Work incorrectly done at
the Contractor's own expense.
3.2.6 Where there is a discrepancy on the drawings between the graphic representation and the written
dimensions, the written dimensions shall take precedent. If there are no written dimensions, the
Contractor shall ask for clarification from the Architect. Under no circumstance is the Contractor to �.
scale the drawings.
3.3.1 Add the following to subparagraph 3.3.1:
Where the Contract Documents refer to particular construction means, methods,techniques, sequences
or procedures, or indicate or imply that such are to be used in the Work, such mention is intended only
to indicate that the operations of the Contractor shall be such as to produce at least the quality of work ,
implied by the operations described, but the actual determination of whether or not the described
operations may be safely and suitably employed on the Work shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor,who shall notify the Architect in writing of the actual means, methods,techniques,sequences
or procedures which will be employed on the Work,if these differ from those mentioned in the Contract
Documents. All loss, damage, or liability, or cost of correcting defective work arising from the
employment of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures shall be borne
by the Contractor, notwithstanding that such construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures are referred to, indicated or implied by the Contract Documents, unless the Contractor has
given timely notice to the Owner and Architect in writing that such means, methods, techniques,
sequences or procedures are not safe or suitable, and the Owner has then instructed the Contractor in
writing to proceed at the Owner's risk. .�
3.4.1 Add the following sentence to the end of subparagraph 3.4.I:
The word "provide" shall mean furnish and install complete, including connections, unless otherwise
specified.
3.4.2 Delete subparagraph 3.4.2 and substitute the following. +
3.4.2 Should the Contractor wish to substitute another product or method for products or methods
specified or shown in Contract Documents, whether or not such phrases as "or equal", "equivalent to",
"equal to", or "based on"are used, he shall apply in writing to the Owner and the Architect for approval.
He shall enclose such data as Architect requires to evaluate products. The Owner's decision shall be
final. The Contractor is responsible for space requirements of substitutions; he shall execute necessary
changes in adjacent and relocate work which are due to such substitutions;and he shall be responsible for
damages to the Owner resulting from delays required for evaluation of proposed substitution. During
selection for the Award of the contract, the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect in
writing the following information: .�
I. Names of persons and entities furnishing equipment and materials.
2. Names of manufacturers, products (including model number), and suppliers of
equipment proposed for this project.
3. Product data for any product, material, or equipment proposed for this project.
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800-4
w
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
which is consistent with and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents as being necessary to
produce the intended results, even if the work itself is not specifically called for in the Contract
Documents.
1.2.15 Test boring, test pits, or soil test information included with the Contract Documents or
otherwise made available to the Contractor was obtained by the Owner for use by the Architect in the
design of the Project for use by the Architect in the design of the Project or Work.The Owner does not
hold out such information to the Contractor as an accurate or,approximate indication of subsurface
conditions, and no claim for extra cost or extension of time resulting from a reliance by the Contractor
a on such information be allowed except as provided in subparagraph 4.3.4.
ARTICLE 2: OWNER
2.2.4 Change subparagraph 2.2.4 to read as follows:
2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner hereunder shall be furnished by the Owner with
reasonable promptness after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or
services.
2.4.1 In the third sentence of subparagraph 2.4.1, replace the words "Change Order" with the words
"Construction Change Directive",and delete the fourth sentence.
ARTICLE 3: Contractor
3.1.1 In subparagraph 3.1.1, add the words "as reasonably agreeable to by the Owner." to the end of the
subparagraph.
3.2.1 Add the following to the end of subparagraph 3.2.1:
If the Contractor proceeds with the Work without such notice to the Architect, after having discovered
such errors, inconsistencies or omissions, or if by reasonable study of the Contract Documents the
Contractor could have discovered such, the Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom and shall
immediately undertake to correct such errors,inconsistencies and omissions.
�w
3.2.1.1 Add the following new Paragraph 3.2.1.I:
3.2.1.1 The Contractor represents and warrants that it has visited and carefully inspected all aspects of
the site and that it has made such investigation it deems necessary to ascertain for itself the conditions
which are likely to be encountered during the performance of the Work. Since the Work includes the
conversion and rehabilitation of a building,exact quantities and detailed descriptions relating to the Work
may not be fully ascertained prior to the commencement and performance of the Work, and it is
accordingly understood and agreed, notwithstanding any other provision of the Contract Documents to
the contrary, that the Owner does not warrant or guarantee the present state of the buildings or the
conditions that will be encountered during performance of the Work. The Contractor will make no
claim for additional payments, extra work, allowances or damages, because of variances from conditions
encountered during construction which should reasonably have been anticipated and which require
additional labor or materials or cause damage. A Change Order shall be required only for major
unforeseen or concealed conditions which could not reasonably have been anticipated and which require
additional labor or materials or cause damage.
3.2.4- Add new subparagraphs 3.2.4 to 3.2.6 as follows:
3.2.6
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 3
wee
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
so
Where Contract Documents call for exact matching, match existing work exactly in quality and
appearance.
Where Contract Documents do not call for exact matching, match existing work as nearly as possible,
using normally available materials and workmanship. If normally available materials and workmanship do
not approximate existing work, the Contractor shall so notify the Architect. If, in the Architect's e
judgment, if is impossible or extremely impracticable to approximate existing work with normally
available materials and workmanship, the Architect may issue suitable change orders. If changes imposing
extra costs to the Contractor are ordered, they will be ordered only on the basis of a mutually *�*
acceptable change in price.
1.2.6 All indications or notations which apply to one of a number of similar situations, materials, or w.
processes shall be deemed to apply to all such situations, materials or processes wherever they appear in
the Work, except where a contrary result is clearly indicated by the Contract Documents,
1.2.7 Where codes,standards, requirements and publications of public and private bodies are referred to + !
in the Specifications, references shall be understood to be to the latest revision prior to the date of
receiving bids,except where otherwise indicated.
1.2.8 Where no explicit quality or standards for materials or workmanship are established for Work,
such Work is to be of good quality for the intended use and consistent with the quality of the
surrounding Work and of the construction of the Project generally.
1.2.9 All manufactured articles, materials, and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected,
used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the manufacturer's written or printed directions and
instructions, unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents.
1.2.10 The Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing and Fire Protection Drawings are diagrammatic only, and are
not intended to show the alignment, physical locations or configurations of such Work. Such Work shall
be installed without additional cost to the Owner to clear all obstructions, permit proper clearances for
the Work of other trades, and present an orderly appearance where exposed. Prior to beginning such
Work,the Contractor shall prepare coordination drawings showing the exact alignment, physical location
and configuration of the Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing and Fire Protection installations and
demonstrating to the Contractor's satisfaction that the installations will comply with the preceding
sentence.
1.2.11 Exact locations of fixtures and outlets shall be obtained from the Architect as provided in
subparagraph 3.2.5 before the Work is roughed in: Work installed without such information from the
Architect shall be relocated at the Contractor's expense.
1.2.12 Where the Work is to fit with existing conditions or work to be performed by others, the .�
Contractor shall fully and completely join the Work with such conditions or work, unless otherwise
specified.
wee
1.2.13 Where there is a discrepancy on the drawings between the graphic representation and the
written numerical dimensions, the written dimensions shall take precedent If there are no written
dimensions, the Contractor shall ask for clarification from the Architect Under no circumstance is the
Contractor to scale the drawings.
wee
1.2.14 The Contractor agrees to indemnify and save the Owner and the Architect-Engineer harmless
from and against liability of any nature or kind including costs and expenses for or on account of all work
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800-2
wee
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
SECTION 00800-SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
The following supplements modify, delete and/or add to the General Conditions ("General Conditions of the
Contract for Construction" AIA Document A-201, 1997). Where any Article, Paragraph or subparagraph in the
General Conditions is supplemented by one of the following paragraphs,the provisions of such Article, Paragraph,
or subparagraph shall remain in effect and the supplemental provisions shall be considered as added thereto.
Where any Article, Paragraph, or subparagraph in the General Conditions is amended, voided, or superseded by
any of the following paragraphs, the provisions of such Article, Paragraph, or subparagraph not so amended,
voided,or superseded shall remain in effect.
ARTICLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1.1 Add the following at the end of subparagraph 1.1.1:
In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents,the Documents shall be construed according
to the following priorities:
Highest Priority: Modifications
Second Priority: Agreement between Owner and Contractor(A 10 1)
Third Priority: Addenda-later date to take precedence
Fourth Priority: Supplemental General Conditions
Fifth Priority: General Conditions of the Contract for Construction (A210)
Sixth Priority: Drawings and Specifications (see 1.2.1 below)
1.1.2 Delete the fifth sentence of subparagraph 1.1.2.
1.2.1 Add the following at the end of subparagraph 1.2.I:
All work mentioned or indicated in the Contract Documents shall be performed by the Contractor as
part of this Contract unless it is specifically indicated in the Contract Documents that such work is to be
done by others. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each other,the
Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of Work unless otherwise directed by
written addendum to the Contract. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall refer to all of the
Drawings, including those showing primarily the Work of the mechanical, electrical, and other specialized
trades, and to all of the Sections of the Specifications, and shall perform all Work reasonably inferable
therefrom as being necessary to produce the indicated results.
1.2.4- Add new subparagraphs 1.2.4 through 1.2.15 as follows:
1.2.15
1.2.4 When applied to materials and equipment, the words "furnish", "install', and "provide" shall mean
the following:
The word "provide" shall mean to furnish, pay for, deliver, install, adjust, clean, and otherwise make
materials and equipment fit for their intended use, as specified in Paragraph 3.4.1 of the General
Conditions.
The word"furnish"shall mean to secure,pay for, deliver to site,unload, uncrate,and store materials.
The word "install'shall mean to place in position, incorporate in the work, adjust, clean,make fit for use,
and perform all services specified in General Conditions Paragraph 3.4.1. except those included under the
definition of the work"furnish"above.
The Phrase"furnish and install'shall be equivalent to the word "provide".
1.2.5 The phrase"match existing"shall mean the following:
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00800- 1
OR
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
DIVISION 12-FURNISHINGS
12357............KITCHEN AND BATH CASEWORK.................................................................................................... 2
12490............WINDOW TREATMENTS................................................................................
....................................... I
DIVISION 13-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 14-CONVEYING SYSTEMS
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 15-MECHANICAL
NOT APPLICABLE
.......................Design-Build by Owner
DIVISION 16-ELECTRICAL
NOT APPLICABLE
.......................Design-Build by Owner
END of TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS ••••••••°••""'
....................................... Page 3 of 3
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
DIVISION 04- MASONRY
04800............UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES........................................................... ....................................... 2
DIVISION 05-METALS
05120............STRUCTURAL STEEL................................................................................................................................ 9 . ,
05500............METAL FABRI CATIONS...........................................................................................................................2
DIVISION 06-WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100............ROUGH CARPENTRY..............................................................................................................................2
06176............METAL PLATE CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES............................................................................. 7
06200............FINISH CARPENTRY.................................................................................................................................2
DIVISION 07-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07130............SHEET WATERPROOFING.....................................................................................................................2
07210............BUILDING INSULATION......................................................................................................................... 2
07310............ASPHALT SHINGLES.................................................................................................................................2
07470............FIBER CEMENT SIDING............................................................................................................................ 1
07600............SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM.................................................................................................2
07841............FIRESTOPPING........................................................................................................................................... I .w
07920...........JOINT SEALANTS......................................................................................................................................2
DIVISION 08- DOORS AND WINDOWS
08010............DOOR SCHEDULE..........................
08020............WINDOW SCHEDULE.............................................................................................................................2
08110............STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES................................................................................................................2
08210............WOOD DOORS........................................................................................................................................2 ,
08310............ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS............................................................................................................ 1
08570............FIBERGLASS WINDOWS......................................................................................................................... 2
08710............DOOR HARDWARE................................................................................................................................. 2
08800............GLAZING..................................................................................................................................................... 2
DIVISION 9—FINISHES
09000............FINISH SCHEDULE....................................................................................................................................2 ..
09260............GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES............................................................................................................... 2
09650............RESILIENT FLOORING............................................................................................................................. 2
09651............RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES.................................................................................................. 2
09680............CARPET.......................... .....................2 `.
..........................................................................................................
09910............PAINTING.................................................................................................................................................... 3
DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES
10210............WALL LOUVERS......................................................................................................................................... 2
10440............SIGNAGE......................................................................................................................................................2
10550............POSTAL SPECIALTIES............................................................................................................................... 2
10810............TOILET ACCESSORIES.................................. ....................................... 2
....................................................
DIVISION I I -EQUIPMENT
11452............RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES....................................................................................................................2
TABLE OF CONTENTS ........................................................ Page 2 of 3 ""
State Street Apartments August 15,2006 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
Bedford Terrace Project
TABLE OF CONTENTS ........................................................................................................... Architect's Project No.20518A
Division........Section Title.................................................................................................................................................Pa e
SERIES 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS
00001............TITLE PAGE.........................................................
.:. ................................................. .......................................
00010............TABLE OF CONTENTS.................................................................................... ....................................... 3
00500............OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT(AIA DOCUMENT A 101 - 1997 EDITION)............ 6
00700............GENERAL CONDITIONS(AIA DOCUMENT A201 - 1997 EDITION)........................................ 39
00800............SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS............................................................................................................ 19
DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01100............SUMMARY....................................................................................................................................................4
01250............CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES................................................................................. 2
01290............PAYMENT PROCEDURES........................................................................................................................4
01310............PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION....................................................................... 7
01320............CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01330............SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES..................................................................................................................... 10
.......................SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL(CSI FORM 12.1 A)
.......................SUBCONTRACTOR LIST(CSI FORM 1.5A)............................................... ....................................... 1
01400............QUALITY REQUIREMENTS..................................................................................................................... 6
01420............REFERENCES............................................................................................................................................... 3
01500............TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS..................................................................................... 6
01524............CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT..................................................................................... 5
01600............PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................................. 6
......SUBSTITUTION REQUEST(CSI FORM 13.1 A) ............ 2
01700............EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS.............................................................................................................. 6
01770............CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.....................................................................................................................4
s 01781............PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS.......................................................................................................4
01782............OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA...................................................................................... 6
01810............GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS............................................................................... 3
01815............COMMISSIONING OF HVAC.................................................................................................................4
01820............DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
DIVISION 02-SITE CONSTRUCTION
02000............GEOTECHNICAL REPORT....... ............................................................................................................ 8
02100............SITE DEMOLITION,CLEARING&GRUBBING................................................................................. 4
02200............EXCAVATING,FILLING AND GRADING.......................................................................................... 13
02300............STORM DRAINAGE.................................................................................................................................. 7
02600............BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING....................... ......... 9
..............................
02666............WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.......................................................................................................... 8
02730............SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM.................................................................................................................... 9
+ 02800............PLANTING................................................................................................................................................... 10
02850............SEEDING....................................................................................................................................................... 7
02950............SITE IMPROVEMENTS................................................................................................................I.............. 3
DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE
03300............CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE................................................................................................................ 16
TABLE OF CONTENTS ........................................................ Page I of 3
P11
PROJECT MANUAL
STATE STREET APARTMENTS
BEDFORD TERRACE PROJECT
NEW CONSTRUCTION
STATE STREET
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
Owner
O'Connell Development Group
480 Hampden Street
Holyoke, Massachusetts 01040
Architect
Dietz&Company Architects, Inc.
17 Hampden Street
Springfield, MA 01103
Phone No:413-733-6798
Fax No:413-732-4385
Structural Engineer Landscape Architect
Johnson&Seaman Engineering Berkshire Design Group
30 Faith Avenue 4 Allen Place
Auburn, MA 01501 Northampton,MA 01060
August 15,2006
i
i
P no - 03
STATE STREET APARTMENTS
BEDFORD TERRACE PROJECT
NEW CONSTRUCTION
STATE STREET
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
a
PROJECT MANUAL
Dietz Company Architects, Inc.
� p an y
17 Hampden Street
Springfield, MA 01 103
August 15, 2006
} - Project no. 20518A
:
OCT